FUNCTION BLOCK LIST - M-System · SC100200 Serie unction loc it E6460 Rev6 5 1. INTRODUCTION...
Transcript of FUNCTION BLOCK LIST - M-System · SC100200 Serie unction loc it E6460 Rev6 5 1. INTRODUCTION...
1SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
SC100/200 SeriesMULTI-FUNCTION PID CONTROLLER
FUNCTION BLOCK LIST
ApplicableModels
SC100SC110SC200SC210SC200WSC210W
http://www.m-system.co.jp/
5-2-55, Minamitsumori, Nishinari-ku, Osaka 557-0063 JAPANTel: +81-6-6659-8201 Fax: +81-6-6659-8510
E-mail: [email protected]
2SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
Contents
1. INTRODUCTION ...................................................................5
2. FUNCTION BLOCKS COMMON TO ALL MODELS .............................6System Common Table (for SC100/200 series) ....................................................................... 7System Common Table (for remote I/O) .................................................................................. 9Basic PID ............................................................................................................................... 11Advanced PID ........................................................................................................................ 13Manual Loader ....................................................................................................................... 16Ratio Setter ............................................................................................................................ 17Indicator ................................................................................................................................ 19Di Receive Terminal ............................................................................................................... 20Do Send Terminal................................................................................................................... 22Ai Receive Terminal ................................................................................................................ 23Ao Send Terminal ................................................................................................................... 25Discrete Contact Input / Accumulated Value Output............................................................... 26Pulse Adder ........................................................................................................................... 27Pulse/Analog Multiplication ................................................................................................... 28Pulse Accumulator ................................................................................................................. 29Pulse Input / Discrete Contact Output .................................................................................... 30Batch Program ....................................................................................................................... 31Addition / Subtraction ............................................................................................................ 33Multiplication ......................................................................................................................... 34Division .................................................................................................................................. 35Square Root Extractor ............................................................................................................ 36Absolute Value ....................................................................................................................... 37Non-Linear Gain, Deadband ................................................................................................... 38Low-end Cutout ..................................................................................................................... 39Segment Linearizer ................................................................................................................ 40Temperature/Pressure Compensation .................................................................................... 42Rate of Change Limit ............................................................................................................. 43First Order Lag ....................................................................................................................... 44First Order Lag with Two Time Constants .............................................................................. 45Ramp Buffer ........................................................................................................................... 46Mean Average ........................................................................................................................ 47Moving Average ..................................................................................................................... 48Lead Time Computation ......................................................................................................... 50Dead Time Computation......................................................................................................... 51Dead Time Compensation ...................................................................................................... 52Accumulator (momentary value input)................................................................................... 53Ramp Program Setter ............................................................................................................ 54High/Low Limiter ................................................................................................................... 56Deviation Limiter .................................................................................................................... 57Input Selector (with ramp control at switching) ..................................................................... 58Output Selector ...................................................................................................................... 59Input Selector (2 points) ........................................................................................................ 60Input Selector (8 points) ........................................................................................................ 61Maximum Value Selector ....................................................................................................... 63Minimum Value Selector ........................................................................................................ 64Parameter Selector (2 points) ................................................................................................ 65Parameter Generator (8 points) ............................................................................................. 66High/Low Alarm ..................................................................................................................... 67
3SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
Deviation Alarm ..................................................................................................................... 68Rate of Change Alarm ............................................................................................................ 69Parameter Setter .................................................................................................................... 70Numeral Converter ................................................................................................................. 72Weight Totalizer ..................................................................................................................... 75Analog/Pulse Duration Converter ........................................................................................... 76Analog Signal Hold ................................................................................................................ 77ITEM Reader .......................................................................................................................... 78Contact Distributor ................................................................................................................. 79Analog Signal Comparator ..................................................................................................... 81Annunciator ........................................................................................................................... 83ON-OFF Timer ........................................................................................................................ 85Timer ..................................................................................................................................... 86Counter .................................................................................................................................. 87Internal Switch ....................................................................................................................... 88System’s Internal Switch ........................................................................................................ 89Sequential Control Program ................................................................................................... 90
3. FIELD TERMINAL BLOCKS ..................................................... 95SC100 Field Terminal ............................................................................................................. 96SC100 Extension Field Terminal 1 .......................................................................................... 98SC100 Extension Field Terminal 2 ........................................................................................ 101SC200 Field Terminal ........................................................................................................... 104SC200 Extension Field Terminal 1 ........................................................................................ 106SC200 Extension Field Terminal 2 ........................................................................................ 109SC200W Field Terminal ........................................................................................................ 112SC200W Extension Field Terminal 1..................................................................................... 114SC200W Extension Field Terminal 2..................................................................................... 117SC110 Field Terminal ........................................................................................................... 120SC110 Extension Field Terminal 1 ........................................................................................ 122SC110 Extension Field Terminal 2 ........................................................................................ 125SC210 Field Terminal ........................................................................................................... 128SC210 Extension Field Terminal 1 ........................................................................................ 130SC210 Extension Field Terminal 2 ........................................................................................ 133SC210W Field Terminal ........................................................................................................ 136SC210W Extension Field Terminal 1..................................................................................... 138SC210W Extension Field Terminal 2..................................................................................... 141SML-A4 Field Terminal ......................................................................................................... 144SML-C7, -C8 Field Terminal ................................................................................................. 145SML-E5 Field Terminal ......................................................................................................... 146SML-G3 Field Terminal......................................................................................................... 147SML-G4 Field Terminal......................................................................................................... 149SML-M4 Field Terminal ........................................................................................................ 150SML-P4 Field Terminal ......................................................................................................... 151SML-R2 Field Terminal......................................................................................................... 153SML-R3 Field Terminal......................................................................................................... 154SML-S5 Field Terminal ......................................................................................................... 156SML-S6 Field Terminal ......................................................................................................... 157
4SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
4. EXPLANATIONS ................................................................1594.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ............................................................................159
4.2 RELATION BETWEEN FUNCTION BLOCKS ........................................................159
4.3 FUNCTION BLOCK ALLOCATIONS .................................................................160
4.4 CONNECTING BETWEEN FUNCTION BLOCKS ....................................................161
4.4.1 EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TERMINALS REPRESENTATION IN A FUNCTION BLOCK 161
4.4.2 CONNECTING ANALOG SIGNALS .........................................................161
4.4.3 CONNECTING DISCRETE SIGNALS .......................................................161
4.4.4 PARAMETER SETTER ......................................................................161
4.4.5 ITEM READER ...............................................................................162
4.5 SOFTWARE COMMUNICATION BY COMMUNICATION TERMINALS .........................163
Appendix 1. FUNCTION BLOCK ERROR CODES .........................................................164
Appendix 2. SC SERIES VERSION UPGRADE INFORMATION .........................................165
5SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
1. INTRODUCTION■ Symbols used in function block tables ◆ : Parameter is remotely modifiable by using Parameter Setter block. Refer to General Description of the Parameter Setter block (Model 79). ★ : Setting data Parameter is required or can be set in order to use the relevant function block. ITEMS without ◆ or ★ : ITEM is used to monitor operating status or values. ● : Parameter is always modifiable. ▲ : Parameter is modifiable when ITEM 01 (maintenance switch) is set to PROGRAM mode. ❄ : Parameter is modifiable when ITEM 01 (maintenance switch) is set to SIMULATION mode.
■ Function block limitation depending upon ROM versionCertain function blocks or functions (ITEM) may not be available depending upon ROM version of the controller. ROM version can be verified at GROUP 00, ITEM 99.ROM version limitations are identified with symbols such as SC 1.50 . Refer to Appendix 2. SC SERIES VERSION UPGRADE INFORMATION for supplementary information.
Unavailable Functions • Rate-of-Change Limit (Model 17)
Limited Functions • Basic PID (Model 21) • Advanced PID (Model 22) • Segment Linearizer (Model 58) • Moving Average (Model 64) • SCxxx Extension Field Terminal 1 (Model F72, F73, Group 04) • SCxxx Extension Field Terminal 2 (Model F70, F71, F72, F73, Group 05)
6SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NAME [GROUP]SYSTEM COMMON TABLE For SC100/200 Series [G00] For Remote I/O [G00]CONTROLBCA 21 Basic PID [G02...03]ECA 22 Advanced PID [G02...03]MVA 23 Manual Loader [G02...03]RSA 24 Ratio Setter [G02...03]IND 25 Indicator [G02...03]COMMUNICATION TERMINALSCDI 31 Di Receive Terminal [G11...26]CDO 32 Do Send Terminal [G11...26]CAI 33 Ai Receive Terminal [G11...26]CAO 34 Ao Send Terminal [G11...26]OPERATIONS PULSE INPUTQIP 44 Discrete Contact Input/Accumulated Value Output [G30...61]PAD 45 Pulse Adder [G30...61]QAM 46 Pulse/Analog Multiplication [G30...61]QSS 47 Pulse Accumulator [G30...61]QPO 48 Pulse Input/Discrete Contact Output [G30...61]BPS 49 Batch Program [G62...69] ARITHMETICADS 51 Addition/Subtraction [G30...61]MLT 52 Multiplication [G30...61]DVD 53 Division [G30...61] FUNCTIONSSQR 54 Square Root Extractor [G30...61]ABS 55 Absolute Value [G30...61]NLN 56 Non-linear Gain, Deadband [G30...61]DRP 57 Low-end Cutout [G30...61]LIN 58 Segment Linearizer [G72...79]TCP 59 Temperature/Pressure Compensation [G30...61] TIME FUNCTIONSRCL 17 Rate of Change Limit [G30...61]LAG 60 First Order Lag [G30...61]2LG 61 First Order Lag with two time constants [G30...61]RMP 62 Ramp Buffer [G30...61]MAJ 63 Mean Average [G30...61]RAV 64 Moving Average [G30...61]LED 65 Lead Time Computation [G30...61]DTM 66 Dead Time Computation [G30...61]DTC 67 Dead Time Compensation [G30...61]
2. FUNCTION BLOCKS COMMON TO ALL MODELS
MODEL NAME [GROUP] OPERATIONS (continued)QNT 68 Accumulator [G30...61]PRG 69 Ramp Program Setter [G72...79] (58 Ramp Program by Segment Linearizer) SIGNAL LIMITERSHLL 70 High/Low Limiter [G30...61]DVL 71 Deviation Limiter [G30...61] SIGNAL SELECTORSSFT 18 Input Selector [G30...61] (with ramp control at switching)OTS 19 Output Selector [G30...61] INS 72 Input Selector (2 points) [G30...61]INE 85 Input Selector (8 points) [G30...61]MAX 73 Maximum Value Selector [G30...61]MIN 74 Minimum Value Selector [G30...61]CTS 75 Parameter Selector (2 points) [G30...61]CTE 86 Parameter Generator (8 points) [G30...61] ALARMPVA 76 High/Low Alarm [G30...61]DVA 77 Deviation Alarm [G30...61]VRA 78 Rate of Change Alarm [G30...61] (rate of change function) OTHERSPMS 79 Parameter Setter [G30...61]BCD 80 Numeral Converter [G30...61]QWT 81 Weight Totalizer (load cell input) [G30...61]ADT 82 Analog/Pulse Duration Converter [G30...61]AMM 83 Analog Signal Hold [G30...61] (max. value, momentary value or min. value)ITR 84 ITEM Reader [G30...61]SEQUENTIAL CONTROLDCN 87 Contact Distributor [G30...61]ACP 88 Analog Comparator [G30...61]ANN 89 Annunciator [G30...61]TMC 90 ON-OFF Timer [G30...61]TMR 91 Timer [G30...61]CTR 92 Counter [G30...61]ISW 93 Internal Switch [G30...61]SSW 94 System’s Internal Switch [G80]SEQ 95 Sequential Control Program [G81...92]
7SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
BLOCK NAME
System Common Table (for SC100/200 series)
GROUP [00] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 00 ● 0, 1 CD: N Module switch (0: actual, 1: expansion) (Remark 1) 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command)
Switching Group 00 maintenance switch affects all other groups. 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND ■ CONTROL STATUS INDICATION RUN Running STOP Stopped 03 ▲ ■ OPERATION COMMAND 0 STOP Stop 1 HOT START Hot start 2 COLD START Cold start 06 IND ■ Nest Bus TRANSMISSION STATUS INDICATION RUN Transmitting STOP Stopped ★ 08 ▲ ■ Nest Bus TRANSMISSION MODE 0 0 Send/Receive mode C#: 00 to 0F 1 1 Receive only mode C#: 10 to 1E
(C# upper digit is automatically set to ‘1’. Data from upper bus cannot be received.)
★ 11 ▲ 50 to 3000 NNNN ■ COMPUTATION CYCLE (msec) (100 to 3000 for SC200W, SC210W) Selectable in every 10 milliseconds 12 IND NNN% ■ CONTROL LOAD RATE INDICATION (%) 13 ● 0 NNN% ■ MAX. CONTROL LOAD RATE INDICATION (%) Reset when “0” is entered. ■ SYSTEM STATUS INDICATION (error indication) 21 IND • EEPROM Data Base Failed ALLRIGHT All blocks proved normal GROUP NN Abnormal block No. indication (NN: GROUP No.) 22 IND • PV Abnormality (Pv 1 OR Pv 2)
PV input H/L alarm status in the field terminal block indicated PV NORMAL PV proved normal PV ABNORMAL PV proved abnormal 23 IND • MV Feedback Abnormality (Mv 1 OR Mv 2) deviation alarm status of MV check input and MV output in the field terminal block indicated MV NORMAL MV feedback proved normal MV ABNORMAL MV feedback proved abnormal 24 IND • Block Abnormality (GROUP No. indicated) ALLRIGHT All blocks proved normal GROUP NN Abnormal block No. indication (NN: GROUP No.) 25 IND • Control Overload LOAD: RIGHT Appropriate control load LOAD: OVER Control overload 26 IND • Supervisory communication error COM: NN Number of communication error events (NN)
8SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 30 IND • Supervisory communication error COM: PER: NN Number of parity error events (NN) 31 IND • Supervisory communication error COM: FER: NN Number of framing error events (NN) 32 IND • Supervisory communication error COM: OER: NN Number of overrun error events (NN) 33 IND • Supervisory communication error COM: SER: NN Number of sum check error events (NN) 35 IND • Abnormal FB No. hold ALLRIGHT All blocks proved normal GROUP NN Abnormal block No. indication (NN: GROUP No.) 36 IND • Abnormality contents hold ER: NN Abnormal block contents (NN) 40 ● ■ COMPUTATION CYCLE SWITCHING FLAG 0, 1 0 Normal 1 Computation cycle switched Reset when “0” is entered. Once reset, “LOAD: RIGHT” is set in ITEM 25. ★ 51 ▲ 0 – F CD : 0 ■ CARD NO. REGISTRATION (Remark 2) 60 ▲ ■ RUN CONTACT ERROR RESET MODE (Remark 3) 0, 1 RUN: 0 Automatic reset RUN: 1 Manual reset 61 ● ■ RUN CONTACT ERROR RESET FLAG (Remark 3) 0, 1 0 Normal 1 Reset (valid when ITEM 60 is set to ‘manual reset’) 95 ▲ 1 BLOCK RELEASE ■ DELETE MODEL NO. COMMAND (Remark 4) (initial display *) Group 00, 01, 04, 05 or 80 are not deleted. ★ 96 IND 00 – 99 FIELD: 73 ■ FIELD TERMINAL MODEL IDENTIFICATION ★ 97 ▲ SC210 ■ HARDWARE MODEL NO. INDICATION
(max. 8 characters, for use in the supervisory system) 99 IND DCSSC N.NN ■ ROM VERSION INDICATION
Remark 1: Only available with SC200W and SC210WRemark 2: The controller is automatically reset when the card No. is changed.Remark 3: ROM Version 1.50 or laterRemark 4: In case of SC200W and SC210W, the module specified at ITEM 00 ‘Module switch’ is deleted.
9SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
BLOCK NAME
System Common Table (for remote I/O)
GROUP [00] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command)
Switching Group 00 maintenance switch affects all other groups. 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND ■ CONTROL STATUS INDICATION RUN Running STOP Stopped 03 ▲ ■ OPERATION COMMAND 0 STOP Stop 1 HOT START Hot start 2 COLD START Cold start 06 IND ■ Nest Bus TRANSMISSION STATUS INDICATION RUN Transmitting STOP Stopped ★ 08 ▲ ■ Nest Bus TRANSMISSION MODE 0 0 Send/Receive mode C#: 00 to 0F 1 1 Receive only mode C#: 10 to 1E
(C# upper digit is automatically set to ‘1’. Data from upper bus cannot be received.)
★ 11 ▲ ■ COMPUTATION CYCLE 0 1 Sec 1 second 1 0.5 Sec 0.5 second 2 0.25 Sec 0.25 second 3 0.12 Sec 0.12 second 12 IND NNN% ■ CONTROL LOAD RATE INDICATION (%) 13 ● 0 NNN% ■ MAX. CONTROL LOAD RATE INDICATION (%) Reset when “0” is entered. ■ SYSTEM STATUS INDICATION (error indication) 21 IND • EEPROM Data Base Failed ALLRIGHT All blocks proved normal GROUP NN Abnormal block No. indication (NN: GROUP No.) 22 IND • PV Abnormality
(PV input H/L alarm status in the field terminal block indicated) PV NORMAL PV proved normal PV ABNORMAL PV proved abnormal 23 IND • MV Feedback Abnormality (deviation alarm status of MV check input
and MV output in the field terminal block indicated) MV NORMAL MV feedback proved normal MV ABNORMAL MV feedback proved abnormal 24 IND • Block Abnormality (GROUP No. indicated) ALLRIGHT All blocks proved normal GROUP NN Abnormal block No. indication (NN: GROUP No.) 25 IND • Control Overload LOAD: RIGHT Appropriate control load LOAD: OVER Control overload
10SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 40 ● ■ COMPUTATION CYCLE SWITCHING FLAG 0, 1 0 Normal 1 Computation cycle switched Reset when “0” is entered. Once reset, “LOAD: RIGHT” is set in ITEM 25. 95 ▲ 1 BLOCK RELEASE ■ DELETE MODEL NO. COMMAND (initial display *) Group 00, 01 or 80 are not deleted. ★ 96 IND 00 – 99 FIELD: 24 ■ FIELD TERMINAL MODEL IDENTIFICATION ★ 97 ▲ SML-A4 ■ HARDWARE MODEL NO. INDICATION
(max. 8 characters, for use in the supervisory system) 99 IND 18MF N.NN ■ ROM VERSION INDICATION
11SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
21 Basic PID 21ABBR: BCA
GROUP [02, 03] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 21 MD: 21 BASIC PID (model) ‘-’ to clear. PROCESS VALUE (PV)
★ 15 ▲ GGNN P#: 0121 PV connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
16 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PV: NNN.NN PV % ◆ ★ 19 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PH: NNN.NN PV high alarm setpoint ◆ ★ 20 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PL: NNN.NN PV low alarm setpoint ◆ ★ 21 ● 0.00 – 115.00 % HS: NNN.NN Hysteresis (deadband) 22 ▲ 0, 1 01: N PV high alarm 23 ▲ 0, 1 02: N PV low alarm
01
LOCAL SPSUPV. MANIPUL. SP
PV ALARM
SWITCH
SUPV. IND. PVA
SUPV. IND. C/L
SUPV. MANIPUL. C/L
ITEM 15
PV Connection Terminal
SUPV. IND. PV
SUPV. IND. MV
SUPV. MANIPUL. MV
SUPV. IND. SP
ITEM 24
ITEM 27
0 1
ITEM 19 – 21
DEV. ALARMDEVIATIONITEM 34
ITEM 40 – 45
ITEM 50 – 51
CAS Connection Terminal
PRESET VALUE
ITEM 53
ITEM 65
23
22
Deviation Output
25 MV
PV Hi Alarm
02 PV Lo Alarm
C/L SW
DIR./REV. PID
0
HI/LO LIMIT
SWITCH1
01
SWITCHMANIPUL. MV
ITEM 60ITEM 86 DIR./REV.INDICATION *
SUPV. MV
03
Deviation Alarm05
Preset Value SW08
A/M SW11
SUPV. IND. DVA
CURRENT SP
SUPV. IND. A/M
SUPV. MANIPUL. A/M
*Direct action MV value is applied for internal processing regardless of ITEM 86 setting.
12SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS SETPOINT VALUE (SP)
★ 24 ▲ GGNN C#: 0225 CAS connection terminal 25 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % SP: NNN.NN CAS %◆ ★ 27 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % SP: NNN.NN Local SP % ★ 29 ▲ 0, 1 SM: N Setting mode (0: local, 1: cascade/local) ◆ 30 ● 0, 1 03: N C/L SW (0: local, 1: cascade) 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Current SP % DEVIATION
◆ ★ 34 ● 0.00 – 115.00 % DL: NNN.NN Deviation alarm setpoint (hysteresis (deadband) in ITEM 21) 35 ▲ 0, 1 05: N Deviation alarm 36 ▲ ±115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Deviation output % CONTROL
★ 40 ▲ 0, 1 DR: N Control direction (0: direct, 1: reverse [MV decreases with PV increase])
★ 41 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Derivative method (0: PV derivative, 1: deviation derivative)◆ ★ 42 ● 1 – 1000 % PB: NNNN Proportional band◆ ★ 43 ● 0.00 – 100.00 min. TI: NNN.NN Integral time (0.00: no integral action)◆ ★ 44 ● 0.00 – 10.00 min. TD: NN.NN Derivative time (0.00: no derivative action) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 CP: NN Control cycle (multiple of basic control cycle) CONTROL OUTPUT MV
◆ ★ 50 ● ±115.00 % MH: NNN.NN Output high limit◆ ★ 51 ● ±115.00 % ML: NNN.NN Output low limit 52 ▲ 0, 1 08: N Preset value SW (1: preset)◆ ★ 53 ● ±115.00 % MI: NNN.NN Preset value ◆ 59 ● 0, 1 11: N A/M SW (0: manual, 1: auto) ◆ 60 ● ±115.00 % MV: NNN.NN Supervisory indication / manipulated MV %◆ ★ 64 ● ±115.00 % RS: NNN.NN Manual reset (usable when no I action is employed) 65 ▲ ±115.00 % 25: NNN.NN MV % ★ 66 ▲ 0, 1 MS: N Smooth tracking output with local SP change (0: without, 1: with)★ 68 ▲ 0, 1 ARW: N Integral action range (0: MH – ML, 1: set range) SC 1.50
★ 69 ▲ ±115.00 % ARH: NNN.NN Integral action high limit (valid when ITEM 68 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.50
★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % ARL: NNN.NN Integral action low limit (valid when ITEM 68 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.50
★ 71 ▲ 0, 1 LOCAL SP limit range (0: PH – PL, 1: set range) SC 1.70
◆ ★ 72 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % SH: NNN.NN LOCAL SP high limit (valid when ITEM 71 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.70
◆ ★ 73 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % SL: NNN.NN LOCAL SP low limit (valid when ITEM 71 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.70
SUPERVISORY INDICATION USE
★ 80 ▲ alphanumeric TG: XXX ....X Tag name (10 characters max.) ★ 81 ▲ alphanumeric TC: XXXX ....X Tag comment (16 characters max.) ★ 82 ▲ ±32000 MH: 15000 Upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 83 ▲ ±32000 ML: 0 Lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 84 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 DP: 1 Decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 85 ▲ alphanumeric TU: XXX ....X Engineering unit (8 characters max.) ★ 86 ▲ 0, 1 MD: N MV reverse indication (0: direct, 1: reverse)
(1: send/receive 100 – 0% proportionally to 0 – 100%.)
13SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
22 Advanced PID 22ABBR: ECA
01
21FIRST ORDER LAG
LOCAL SPSUPV. MANIPUL. SP
PV ALARM
WRITE
SWITCH
RATE-OF-CHANGE LIMIT
SUPV. IND. PVA
SUPV. IND. C/L
SUPV. MANIPUL. C/L
ITEM 15 ITEM 17
PV Connection Terminal
SUPV. IND. PV
SUPV. IND. SP
FRONT IND. SP
RATIO
ITEM 24
ITEM 27
0 1
1
ITEM 26
ITEM 32
ITEM 19 – 21
DEV. ALARMDEVIATIONITEM 34
ITEM 40 – 45
ITEM 50 – 51
CAS Connection Terminal
PRESET VALUE
ITEM 39
ITEM 53
Input CompensationConnection Terminal
ITEM 49Output CompensationConnection Terminal
ITEM 56External Feedback
Connection Terminal
Current PV
22 Current SP
23 Deviation Output(for input compensation)
24 PID Output
25 MV
PV Hi Alarm
02 PV Lo Alarm
C/L SW
0
SWITCH
DIR./REV. PID
0
0
SWITCH
HI/LO LIMIT
SWITCH
ITEM 54
0
RATE-OF-CHANGE LIMIT
SWITCH
01
1
1
1
0
SWITCH
1
SWITCH
04
15
SP Tracking SW
I Operation Cancel SW
14PV Hi/Lo/Dev. Alarm Cancel SW 03
Deviation Alarm05
Input Compensation SW06
MV Hi Limit Reached
MV Lo Limit Reached
12
13
Output Compensation SW07
Preset Value SW08
Output Hold SW09
External Feedback SW10
A/M SW11
SUPV. IND. DVA
SUPV. IND. A/M
SUPV. MANIPUL. A/MSUPV. IND. MV
SUPV. MANIPUL. MV
ITEM 65
MANIPUL. MV
ITEM 60ITEM 86 DIR./REV.INDICATION *
SUPV. MV
*Direct action MV value is applied for internal processing regardless of ITEM 86 setting.
14SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [02, 03] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 22 MD: 22 ADVANCED PID (model) ‘-’ to clear. PROCESS VALUE (PV)
★ 15 ▲ GGNN P#: 0121 PV connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
16 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PV: NNN.NN PV % ◆ ★ 17 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s PT: NNN.N PV first order lag time constant (0.0: without) 18 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Current PV %◆ ★ 19 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PH: NNN.NN PV high alarm setpoint ◆ ★ 20 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PL: NNN.NN PV low alarm setpoint ◆ ★ 21 ● 0.00 – 115.00 % HS: NNN.NN Hysteresis (deadband) 22 ▲ 0, 1 01: N PV high alarm 23 ▲ 0, 1 02: N PV low alarmSETPOINT VALUE (SP)
★ 24 ▲ GGNN C#: 0225 CAS connection terminal 25 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % SP: NNN.NN CAS % ◆ ★ 26 ● ±32.000 RT: NN.NNN Ratio setting (signal % ratio) ◆ ★ 27 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % SP: NNN.NN Local SP % ★ 29 ▲ 0, 1 SM: N Setting mode (0: local, 1: cascade/local) ◆ 30 ▲ 0, 1 03: N C/L SW (0: local, 1: cascade) 31 ● 0, 1 04: N SP tracking SW (0: OFF, 1: ON) ★ 32 ● 0.00 – 115.00 %/s SR: NNN.NN SP rate-of-change limit (0.00: without) 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Current SP %DEVIATION
◆ ★ 34 ● 0.00 – 115.00 % DL: NNN.NN Deviation alarm setpoint (hysteresis (deadband) in ITEM 21) 35 ▲ 0, 1 05: N Deviation alarm 36 ▲ ±115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Deviation output % ★ 37 ▲ 0, 1 06: N Input compensation SW (0: without, 1: with) ★ 38 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 IM: N Input compensation method
(0: without, 1: addition, 2: subtraction, 3: substitution) ★ 39 ▲ GGNN I#: 0221 Input compensation connection terminal CONTROL
★ 40 ▲ 0, 1 DR: N Control direction (0: direct, 1: reverse [MV decreases with PV increase]) ★ 41 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Derivative method (0: PV derivative, 1: deviation derivative) ◆ ★ 42 ● 1 – 1000 % PB: NNNN Proportional band ◆ ★ 43 ● 0.00 – 100.00 min. TI: NNN.NN Integral time (0.00: no integral action) ◆ ★ 44 ● 0.00 – 10.00 min. TD: NN.NN Derivative time (0.00: no derivative action) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 CP: NN Control cycle (multiple of basic control cycle)
15SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTSCONTROL OUTPUT (MV)
46 ▲ ±115.00 % 24: NNN.NN PID output % ★ 47 ▲ 0, 1 07: N Output compensation SW (0: without, 1: with) ★ 48 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 OM: N Output compensation method
(0: without, 1: addition, 2: subtraction, 3: substitution) ★ 49 ▲ GGNN O#: 0221 Output compensation connection terminal◆ ★ 50 ● ±115.00 % MH: NNN.NN Output high limit ◆ ★ 51 ● ±115.00 % ML: NNN.NN Output low limit 52 ▲ 0, 1 08: N Preset value SW (1: preset)◆ ★ 53 ● ±115.00% MI: NNN.NN Preset value ◆ ★ 54 ● 0.00 – 115.00 %/s MR: NNN.NN Output rate-of-change limit (0.00: without) 55 ▲ 0, 1 09: N Output hold SW (0: without, 1: hold) ★ 56 ▲ GGNN M#: 0221 External feedback connection terminal 57 ▲ ±115.00 % FV: NNN.NN External feedback % 58 ▲ 0, 1 10: N External feedback SW (0: without, 1: with) ◆ 59 ● 0, 1 11: N A/M SW (0: manual, 1: auto) ◆ 60 ● ±115.00 % MV: NNN.NN Supervisory indication / manipulated MV % 61 ▲ 0, 1 12: N MV high limit reached (Remark 1) 62 ▲ 0, 1 13: N MV low limit reached (Remark 1) 63 ▲ 0, 1 14: N PV alarm, deviation alarm function stop command (Remark 2) ◆ ★ 64 ● ±115.00 % RS: NNN.NN Manual reset (usable when no I action is used.) 65 ▲ ±115.00 % 25: NNN.NN MV % ★ 66 ▲ 0, 1 MS: N Smooth tracking output with local SP change (0: without, 1: with) 67 ▲ 0, 1 15: N Cancel I action SW (0: with I action, 1: cancel)★ 68 ▲ 0, 1 ARW: N Integral action range (0: MH – ML, 1: set range) SC 1.50
★ 69 ▲ ±115.00 % ARH: NNN.NN Integral action high limit (valid when ITEM 68 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.50
★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % ARL: NNN.NN Integral action low limit (valid when ITEM 68 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.50
★ 71 ▲ 0, 1 LOCAL SP limit range (0: PH – PL, 1: set range) SC 1.70
◆ ★ 72 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % SH: NNN.NN LOCAL SP high limit (valid when ITEM 71 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.70
◆ ★ 73 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % SL: NNN.NN LOCAL SP low limit (valid when ITEM 71 is set to ‘1’) SC 1.70
SUPERVISORY INDICATION USE
★ 80 ▲ alphanumeric TG: XXX ....X Tag name (10 characters max.) ★ 81 ▲ alphanumeric TC: XXXX ....X Tag comment (16 characters max.) ★ 82 ▲ ±32000 MH: 15000 Upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 83 ▲ ±32000 ML: 0 Lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 84 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 DP: 1 Decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 85 ▲ alphanumeric TU: XXX ....X Engineering unit (8 characters max.) ★ 86 ▲ 0, 1 MD: N MV reverse indication (0: direct, 1: reverse)
(1: send/receive 100 – 0% proportionally to 0 – 100%.)Remark 1: While the PID control loop is closed, it is turned to ‘0’. When the MV reaches the output limit, the relevant output turns to ‘1’. When the PID control is not activated (e.g. in manual control mode), both high and low limits turn to ‘1’.Remark 2: With this switch set to ‘1’, PV high/low alarm and deviation alarm functions are cancelled.
16SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
23 Manual Loader 23ABBR: MVA
GROUP [02, 03] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 23 MD: 23 MANUAL LOADER (model) ‘-’ to clear.OUTPUT
◆ 60 ● ±115.00 % MV: NNN.NN Supervisory indication / manipulated MV % 65 ▲ ±115.00 % 25: NNN.NN MV % SUPERVISORY INDICATION USE
★ 80 ▲ alphanumeric TG: XXX ....X Tag name (10 characters max.) ★ 81 ▲ alphanumeric TC: XXXX ....X Tag comment (16 characters max.) ★ 86 ▲ 0, 1 MD: N MV reverse indication (0: direct, 1: reverse)
(1: send/receive 100 – 0% proportionally to 0 – 100%.)
25 MVSUPV. IND. MV
SUPV. MANIPUL. MV
ITEM 65
MANIPUL. MV
ITEM 60ITEM 86 DIR./REV.INDICATION *
SUPV. MV
*Direct action MV value is applied for internal processing regardless of ITEM 86 setting.
17SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
24 Ratio Setter 24ABBR: RSA
01
LOCAL RATIOSUPV. MANIPUL. SP
PV ALARM
SUPV. IND. PV
SUPV. IND. SP
ITEM 27
ITEM 19 – 21
ITEM 40 – 41
25 MV
PV Hi Alarm
02 PV Lo Alarm
RATIO CALCULATION
01
10
SWITCH
SWITCH
A/M SW11SUPV. IND. A/M
SUPV. MANIPUL. A/M
C/L SW03SUPV. IND. C/L
SUPV. MANIPUL. C/L
RATIO EQUATION MV = SP (PV – A1) + B1
MV : output (%)SP : ±32.000PV : reference input (%)A1 : input bias (%)B1 : output bias (%)
SUPV. IND. MV
SUPV. MANIPUL. MV
ITEM 65
MANIPUL. MV
ITEM 60ITEM 86 DIR./REV.INDICATION *
SUPV. MV
ITEM 15
PV Connection Terminal
ITEM 24
CAS Connection Terminal
SUPV. IND. PVA
*Direct action MV value is applied for internal processing regardless of ITEM 86 setting.
Note: Internal data ±32000 (±320.00%) is converted into ±32.000 to give CAS SP ratio.
18SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [02, 03] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 24 MD: 24 RATIO SETTER (model) ‘-’ to clear. PROCESS VALUE (PV)
★ 15 ▲ GGNN P#: 0221 PV connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
16 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PV: NNN.NN PV % ◆ ★ 19 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PH: NNN.NN PV high alarm setpoint ◆ ★ 20 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PL: NNN.NN PV low alarm setpoint◆ ★ 21 ● 0.00 – 115.00 % HS: NNN.NN Hysteresis (deadband) 22 ▲ 0, 1 01: N PV high alarm 23 ▲ 0, 1 02: N PV low alarm OPERATION
★ 24 ▲ GGNN C#: 0221 CAS connection terminal 25 ▲ ±32.000 SP: NN.NNN CAS SP ratio ◆ ★ 27 ● ±32.000 SP: NN.NNN Local SP ratio ★ 29 ▲ 0, 1 SM: N Setting mode (0: local, 1: cascade/local) ◆ 30 ● 0, 1 03: N C/L SW (0: local, 1: cascade) 33 ● ±32.000 SP: NN.NNN Current SP ratio◆ ★ 40 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Input bias ◆ ★ 41 ▲ ±115.00 % B1: NNN.NN B1 Output bias OUTPUT
◆ 59 ● 0, 1 11: N A/M SW (0: manual, 1: auto) ◆ 60 ● ±115.00 % MV: NNN.NN Supervisory indication / manipulated MV % 65 ▲ ±115.00 % 25: NNN.NN MV %◆ ★ 72 ● ±32.000 SH: NN.NNN LOCAL SP ratio high limit SC 1.70
◆ ★ 73 ● ±32.000 SL: NN.NNN LOCAL SP ratio low limit SC 1.70
SUPERVISORY INDICATION USE
◆ 80 ▲ alphanumeric TG: XXX ....X Tag name (10 characters max.) ◆ 81 ▲ alphanumeric TC: XXXX ....X Tag comment (16 characters max.) ◆ 82 ▲ ±32000 MH: 15000 Upper range (in engineering unit) ◆ 83 ▲ ±32000 ML: 0 Lower range (in engineering unit) ◆ 84 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 DP: 1 Decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ◆ 85 ▲ alphanumeric TU: XXX ....X Engineering unit (8 characters max.) ◆ 86 ▲ 0, 1 MD: N MV reverse indication (0: direct, 1: reverse)
(1: send/receive 100 – 0% proportionally to 0 – 100%.)
19SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
25 Indicator 25ABBR: IND
GROUP [02, 03] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 25 MD: 25 INDICATOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. PROCESS VALUE (PV)
★ 15 ▲ GGNN P#: 0221 PV connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
16 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PV: NNN.NN PV % ◆ ★ 19 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PH: NNN.NN PV high alarm setpoint ◆ ★ 20 ● -15.00 – 115.00 % PL: NNN.NN PV low alarm setpoint◆ ★ 21 ● 0.00 – 115.00 % HS: NNN.NN Hysteresis (deadband) 22 ▲ 0, 1 01: N PV high alarm 23 ▲ 0, 1 02: N PV low alarm SUPERVISORY INDICATION USE
★ 80 ▲ alphanumeric TG: XXX ....X Tag name (10 characters max.) ★ 81 ▲ alphanumeric TC: XXXX ....X Tag comment (16 characters max.) ★ 82 ▲ ±32000 MH: 15000 Upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 83 ▲ ±32000 ML: 0 Lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 84 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 DP: 1 Decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 85 ▲ alphanumeric TU: XXX ....X Engineering unit (8 characters max.)
01PV ALARM
ITEM 15
PV Connection Terminal
SUPV. IND. PV
ITEM 19 – 21
PV Hi Alarm
02 PV Lo Alarm
SUPV. IND. PVA
20SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
31 Di Receive Terminal 31ABBR: CDI
General Description Used to receive discrete contact signals from other control cards, remote I/O devices and/or PC.• Received contact state can be re-transmitted to the network.• Signals can be remotely controlled with ON-OFF command from Sequential Control block when ITEM 11 is set to ‘FE’ (Sender
is a PC).
GROUP [11 – 26] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 31 MD: 31 Di RECEIVE TERMINAL (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ 00 – 3F S#: 1A 00 – 3F: sender station No. FE FE: PC as sender FF FF: sender within the same Nest Bus ★ 12 ▲ 0 – F C#: 1 Sender card No. ★ 13 ▲ 11 – 26 G#: 11 Sender group No. ★ 18 ▲ 0.1 – 60.0 s T: 1.0 Communication stop check time (no check when input from a PC) ★ 19 ▲ 0, 1 RT: N Re-transmission (0: without, 1: with) 21 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 01: N Di 1 discrete input signal 22 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 02: N Di 2 discrete input signal : : : : : 30 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 10: N Di 10 discrete input signal 31 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 11: N Di 11 discrete input signal : : : : : 40 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 20: N Di 20 discrete input signal 41 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 21: N Di 21 discrete input signal : : : : : 50 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 30: N Di 30 discrete input signal 51 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 31: N Di 31 discrete input signal 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 32: N Di 32 discrete input signal 53 ▲ 0, 1 TS: N Communication stop status indication (1: stop)
Remark: Be sure to perform a cold start on the device when the settings have been changed.
01
ITEM 11 – 13
ITEM 18
From another controller or module
Re-transmissionavailable
Di 1 Discrete Input Signal
Di 2 Discrete Input Signal
COMM. STOPDETECT. TIMER
02
32 Di 32 Discrete Input Signal
Communication Stop Status Output (TS)33
21SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
Di Receive Terminal Do Send Terminal
SenderNest Bus
■ Input from Do Send Terminal within the Same Nest Bus
[Setting]ITEM 11: FF (Sender is within the same Nest Bus)ITEM 12: 0 – F (Sender card No.)ITEM 13: 11 – 26 (Sender group No.)
■ Input from Do Send Terminal on Remote Nest Bus
[Setting]ITEM 11: 00 – 3F (Sender station No.)ITEM 12: 0 – F (Sender card No.)ITEM 13: 11 – 26 (Sender group No.)
■ Input from PC
Specify ITEM 19 to ‘1’ (re-transmission). The PC requires the setting to confirm feedback.[Setting]ITEM 11: FE (Sender is a PC)ITEM 12: any No. (disregarded)ITEM 13: any No. (disregarded)ITEM 18: any value (disregarded)ITEM 19: 1 (re-transmission)
Di Receive Terminal Communication Card
SenderNest Bus
Communication Card Do Send TerminalNest Bus
Supervisory Bus
Di Receive Terminal PC
SenderNest Bus / Supervisory Bus
22SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
32 Do Send Terminal 32ABBR: CDO
General Description Used to send discrete contact signals to other control cards, remote I/O devices and/or PC.• Sender address is automatically attached when transmitting.
GROUP [11 – 26] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 32 MD: 32 Do SEND TERMINAL (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ 0, 1, 2 TR: 0 Transmission range 0: within the same Nest Bus
1: also to supervisory network 2: no transmission ★ 12 ▲ Receiver address (for DLA2 use) 0 RM: 0 Not specified 1 RM: 1 Specified (ITEM 13 – 17) ★ 13 ▲ 00 – 3F S#: 10 Receiver station No. ★ 14 ▲ 0 – F C#: 1 Receiver card No. ★ 15 ▲ 11 – 26 G#: 11 Receiver group No. ★ 16 ▲ 01 – 32 SN: 01 Top output point No. of the receiver ★ 17 ▲ 01 – 32 N: 32 Total number of points to be sent
(counted from the top point No.) 21 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 discrete output signal status indication 22 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 discrete output signal status indication : : : : : 30 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 10: N Do 10 discrete output signal status indication 31 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 11: N Do 11 discrete output signal status indication : : : : : 40 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 20: N Do 20 discrete output signal status indication 41 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 21: N Do 21 discrete output signal status indication : : : : : 50 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 30: N Do 30 discrete output signal status indication 51 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 31: N Do 31 discrete output signal status indication 52 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 32: N Do 32 discrete output signal status indication
■ Sender AddressSender address is automatically set. ITEM 10 (model), ITEM 11 (transmission range) and ITEM 12: ‘0’ are the minimum required settings.
01
To other controllers or modules
Do 1 Discrete Output Signal
Do 2 Discrete Output Signal02
32 Do 32 Discrete Output Signal
Sending 2 types of address: • Sender address • Receiver address (for DLA2)
23SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
33 Ai Receive Terminal 33ABBR: CAI
General Description Used to receive analog or accumulated pulse signals from other control cards, remote I/O devices and/or PC.• Received contact status can be re-transmitted to the network.• Re-transmitted data can be received by an Ai Receive Terminal on other card No.
GROUP [11 – 26] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 33 MD: 33 Ai RECEIVE TERMINAL (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ 00 – 3F S#: 1A 00 – 3F: sender station No. FE FE: PC as sender FF FF: sender within the same Nest Bus ★ 12 ▲ 0 – F C#: 1 Sender card No. ★ 13 ▲ 11 – 26 G#: 11 Sender group No. ★ 18 ▲ 0.1 – 60.0 s T: 1.0 Communication stop check time (no check when input from a PC) ★ 19 ▲ 0, 1 RT: N Re-transmission (0: without, 1: with) 21 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Ai 1 analog input signal 22 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Ai 2 analog input signal 23 ▲ 0, 1 TS: N Communication stop status indication (1: stop)
Remark: Be sure to perform a cold start on the device when the settings have been changed.
ITEM 11 – 13
ITEM 18
From another controller or module
Re-transmissionavailable
Ai 1 Analog Input Signal
Ai 2 Analog Input Signal
COMM. STOPDETECT. TIMER Communication Stop Status Output (TS)01
21
22
24SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
Ai Receive Terminal Ao Send Terminal
SenderNest Bus
■ Input from Ao Send Terminal within the Same Nest Bus
[Setting]ITEM 11: FF (Sender is within the same Nest Bus)ITEM 12: 0 – F (Sender card No.)ITEM 13: 11 – 26 (Sender group No.)
■ Input from Ao Send Terminal on Remote Nest Bus
[Setting]ITEM 11: 00 – 3F (Sender station No.)ITEM 12: 0 – F (Sender card No.)ITEM 13: 11 – 26 (Sender group No.)
■ Input from PC: Same as explained for Di Receive Terminal
Ai Receive Terminal Communication Card
SenderNest Bus
Communication Card Ao Send TerminalNest Bus
Supervisory Bus
25SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
34 Ao Send Terminal 34ABBR: CAO
General Description Used to send analog or accumulated pulse signals to other control cards, remote I/O devices and PC.• Sender address is automatically attached.
GROUP [11 – 26] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 34 MD: 34 Ao SEND TERMINAL (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ 0, 1, 2 TR: 0 Transmission range 0: within the same Nest Bus
1: also to supervisory network 2: no transmission ★ 12 ▲ Receiver address (for DLA2 use) 0 RM: 0 Not specified 1 RM: 1 Specified (ITEM 13 – 15) ★ 13 ▲ 00 – 3F S#: 10 Station No. of the receiver ★ 14 ▲ 0 – F C#: 1 Card No. of the receiver ★ 15 ▲ 11 – 26 G#: 11 Group No. of the receiver ★ 18 ▲ GGNN 1#: 3421 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2#: 4621 Ao 2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) 21 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % A1: NNN.NN Ao 1 analog output signal 22 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % A2: NNN.NN Ao 2 analog output signal
■ Sender AddressSender address is automatically set when transmitting. ITEM 10 (model), ITEM 11 (transmission range) and ITEM 12: ‘0’ are the minimum required settings.
To other controllers or modules
Sending 2 types of address: • Sender address • Receiver address (for DLA2)
Ao 1 Re-transmitted Output
Ao 1 Analog Output Signal
Ao 2 Analog Output Signal
Ao 2 Re-transmitted Output
21
22
26SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
44 Discrete Contact Input / Accumulated Value Output 44ABBR: QIP
General Description Used to count number of rising edge of discrete contact input and converts into accumulated value. Contact input is supplied through Sequential Control Program block.
Application Using discrete contact input signals in place of pulse train input signals to count.Maximum pulse rate must be at least twice as greater as the control cycle (GROUP 00, ITEM 11).
COMPUTATION CYCLE(GROUP 00, ITEM 11)
MAXIMUM PULSE RATE
0.25 sec 2 pulses/sec (7200 pulses/h)0.5 sec 1 pulse/sec (3600 pulses/h)1.0 sec 0.5 pulses/sec (1800 pulses/h)
OperationCounting from 0 up to 9999 is repeated and accumulated value is output.Internal counter is reset when Reset SW S2 is turned to ‘1’.S2 is set to ‘1’ at default setting.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0 – 9999 MC: NNNN Q0 Accumulated value 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Discrete input 05 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Reset SW input (1: reset) ★ 10 ▲ 44 MD: 44 DISCRETE CONTACT INPUT / ACCUMULATED VALUE OUTPUT (model)
‘-’ to clear.
21Accumulated Value Output
Q0ACCUMULATOR
02
S2 (Reset SW)
01Contact Input
S1
27SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
45 Pulse Adder 45ABBR: PAD
General Description Used to add accumulated pulse inputs through 4 channels.Each input can be scaled from 10 down to 0.001 times to adjust weight difference.Internal counter is reset when Reset SW S1 is turned to ‘1’.S1 is set to ‘1’ at default setting.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Momentary value output 04 ▲ 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Q0 Accumulated value output 05 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) ★ 10 ▲ 45 MD: 45 PULSE ADDER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 Q1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 Q2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1421 Q3 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 14 ▲ GGNN 4#: 1521 Q4 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 15 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Q1 power-law scaling ★ 16 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Q2 power-law scaling ★ 17 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Q3 power-law scaling ★ 18 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Q4 power-law scaling
(10X X = 1: x10, 0: x1, -1: x0.1, -2: x0.01, -3:x0.001) ★ 19 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 VC: 1000.00 Momentary value conversion factor or scaling rate
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 20 ▲ 1 – 16 VR: 1 Sample number for moving average in momentary value conversion
22Accumulated Value Output
Q0
21Momentary Value Output
X0
ADDER
01Reset SWS1
ITEM 12 ITEM 16POWER-LAW
SCALING
ITEM 17POWER-LAW
SCALING
ITEM 18POWER-LAW
SCALING
Q2
ITEM 11 ITEM 15POWER-LAW
SCALING
Accumulated Value InputQ1
ITEM 13
Q3
ITEM 14
Q4
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
ITEM 19 – 20
28SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
46 Pulse/Analog Multiplication 46ABBR: QAM
General DescriptionUsed to multiply accumulated pulse input by analog input.Internal counter is reset when Reset SW S1 is turned to ‘1’.S1 is set to ‘1’ at default setting.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Momentary value output 04 ▲ 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Q0 Accumulated value output 05 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) ★ 10 ▲ 46 MD: 46 PULSE/ANALOG MULTIPLICATION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 Q1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 13 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 PD: -1 Q1 power-law scaling
(10X X = 1: x10, 0: x1, -1: x0.1, -2: x0.01, -3:x0.001) ★ 14 ▲ 0.000 – 32.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain ★ 15 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Bias ★ 16 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 VC: 1000.00 Momentary value conversion factor or scaling rate
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 17 ▲ 1 – 16 VR: 1 Sample number for moving average in momentary value conversion
22Accumulated Value Output
Q0
21Momentary Value Output
X0
Q0 = K1 (X1 – A1) Q1
01Reset SWS1
ITEM 12 ITEM 14 – 15
X1
ITEM 11 ITEM 13POWER-LAW
SCALING
Accumulated Value Input
Analog Input
Q1
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
ITEM 16 – 17
29SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
47 Pulse Accumulator 47ABBR: QSS
General Description Preset counter for accumulated value input with single stage.• No accumulation while Interrupt SW S2 is set to ‘1’.• When Reset SW S1 is set to ‘1’, counter value returns to zero, and ‘Preset Value Reached’ Output Y1 is turned to ‘0.’• Accumulated Value Output Q0 returns to 0 count at 10000 counts. Fractions are then added.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Momentary value output 04 ▲ 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Q0 Accumulated value output (When Q0 is connected to analog input terminal of other function block,
9999 count becomes 99.99) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 06 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Interrupt SW (1: interrupt) 07 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Preset value reached output ★ 10 ▲ 47 MD: 47 PULSE ACCUMULATOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 Q1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0 – 9999 PS: NNNN PS Preset value ★ 13 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 PD: -1 Q1 power-law scaling
(10X X = 1: x10, 0: x1, -1: x0.1, -2: x0.01, -3:x0.001) ★ 14 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 VC: 1000.00 Momentary value conversion parameter or scaling rate
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 15 ▲ 1 – 16 VR: 1 Sample number for moving average in momentary value conversion
21Momentary Value Output
X0
22Accumulated Value Output
Q0
ITEM 11 ITEM 13POWER-LAW
SCALING
Accumulated Value InputQ1
ITEM 12
Accum. ValueOutput Preset Value
Reached
01
PRESET COUNTER
10000
PRESET VALUE
InterruptInterrupt SW
S2
11Preset Value Reached
Y1
02 Reset
Preset ValueReached
S2
S1Reset SWS1
Y1
0
Q0
t
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.ITEM 14 – 15
ITEM 12
30SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
48 Pulse Input / Discrete Contact Output 48ABBR: QPO
General DescriptionUsed to convert accumulated value input into contact pulses. Send the converted signals to Sequential Control Program block to output to a specific location.
OperationPulse count added since last computation cycle is accumulated. Contact is turned on and off until the accumulated value reaches ‘0’.With Reset SW input, the input is stored in memory until next cycle.
• Minimum pulse cycle is twice as wide as the computation cycle (GROUP 00, ITEM 11). For example, with the cycle set to 0.5 second, 1 pulse/second is the fastest cycle.
• Change ‘Power-Law Scaling’ setting so that the accumulated difference is to be cleared with the maximum pulse rate.• The internal counter is reset when Reset SW S1 is turned to ‘1’.S1 is set to ‘1’ at default setting.
RemarkThe maximum pulse count is limited to 9999.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (0: count, 1: reset) 04 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Accumulated pulse output ★ 10 ▲ 48 MD: 48 PULSE INPUT / DISCRETE CONTACT OUTPUT (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 0131 Q1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ 0, -1, -2, -3 PD: -2 Q1 power-law scaling (10X X = 0: x1, -1: x0.1, -2: x0.01, -3: x0.001)
Contact Output Y1 t
Control Cycle
Contact Pulse Output
Y1
DEV. ACCUM.
PULSE STRING CONV.
01
S1 (Reset SW)
11
POWER-LAWSCALING
Accumulated Value InputQ1
ITEM 11 ITEM 12
31SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
49 Batch Program 49ABBR: BPS
General DescriptionTwo-stage batch programming is available. Pre-batch and main batch settings control contact and analog outputs.• The main batch and CAS settings cannot be changed after measuring operation has been started.• When Interrupt SW S2 is turned on, the discrete output is turned off and the analog output approaches 0% in a ramp rate
K2. When the SW is off, it returns to Hold Value A3 in a ramp rate K1.• The Run SW S1 must be turned off to restart.• For the pre-batch setting, set a count number to be subtracted from the main batch setting.• Accumulated value output and main batch output are reset with Run SW turned off.
ITEM 11 ITEM 22
BATCH CONTROLLER
ITEM 25
21
22
Momentary Value Output
1
SWITCH
0HOLD VALUE
SETTING
C/L SW03
01
POWER-LAWSCALING X0
Accumulated ValueQ1
Accumulated Value Output
Q0
24Main Batch Setting Output
CAS Setting Terminal
BM
23Program Output
P0
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.ITEM 23 – 24
ACCUM. BATCH QTY.
ITEM 04
OVER-RUN SET VALUE
ITEM 13
PRE-BATCH SETTING
ITEM 14
FLOW RATE LIMIT SETTING
ITEM 15
InterruptInterrupt SW
CURRENT SETTING
ITEM 27
ITEM 12
S2
11Main Batch Output
Y1
12Pre-Batch Output
Y2
02 Run
Pre-Batch
Main Batch
S2
S1Run SW
S1
Y1
Y2
Initial Value A0
Slow Down A2K1
K1 K1 K2
Hold Value A3
P0
Limit A1
t
End
Reset
32SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [62 – 69] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Momentary value output 04 ▲ 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Q0 Accumulated value output 05 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN P0 Program output 06 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Run SW (0: reset, 1: run) 07 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Interrupt SW (1: interrupt) 08 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Main batch output 09 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 Pre-batch output ★ 10 ▲ 49 MD: 49 BATCH PROGRAM (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 Q1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0 – 9999 BM: NNNN BM Main batch setting output◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0 – 9999 BO: NNNN BO Overrun value (to be subtracted from BM)◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0 – 9999 BP: NNNN BP Pre-batch (to be subtracted from BM) ◆ ★ 15 ▲ 0 – 9999 BI: NNNN BI Flow rate limit ◆ ★ 16 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A0: NNN.NN A0 Initial value (momentary value) ◆ ★ 17 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Flow rate limit (momentary value) ◆ ★ 18 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Slow-down value (momentary value)◆ ★ 19 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A3: NNN.NN A3 Hold value (momentary value) ◆ ★ 20 ▲ 0.00 – 100.00 %/s K1: NNN.NN K1 Up-ramp rate ◆ ★ 21 ▲ 0.00 – 100.00 %/s K2: NNN.NN K2 Down-ramp rate ★ 22 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 PD: -1 Q1 power-law scaling
(10X X = 1: x10, 0: x1, -1: x0.1, -2: x0.01, -3: x0.001) ★ 23 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 XC: 1000.00 Momentary value conversion parameter or scaling rate
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 24 ▲ 1 – 16 XP: 1 Sample number for moving average in momentary value conversion ★ 25 ▲ GGNN C#: 1221 CAS connection terminal
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ 26 ▲ 0, 1 03: N C/L SW (0: local, 1: cascade) 27 IND SP: NNNN Current SP (0 – 9999, in actual engineering unit)
33SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
51 Addition / Subtraction 51ABBR: ADS
General Description: Addition by 3 inputs.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ approx. ±327 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ approx. ±327 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ approx. ±327 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input 09 ▲ approx. ±327 % X3: NNN.NN X3 Input ★ 10 ▲ 51 MD: 51 ADDITION / SUBTRACTION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 2221 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 3#: 2321 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±10.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain ◆ ★ 15 ▲ ±10.000 K2: NN.NNN K2 Gain ◆ ★ 16 ▲ ±10.000 K3: NN.NNN K3 Gain ◆ ★ 17 ▲ ±115.00 % A0: 1.50 A0 Bias
Remark 1: Internal calculation employs 4-digit binary computation.Remark 2: The block accepts input ranging from -327.68 through +327.67% (maximum range available for 2-digit binary computation). When the input value goes above or below this range, the output remains -327.68% or +327.67% and ITEM 02 indicates ‘11’, error status.
ITEM 11
X1
ITEM 12
X2 X0
ITEM 13
X3
21X0 = K1X1 + K2X2 + K3X3 + A0
34SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
52 Multiplication 52ABBR: MLT
General Description: Multiplication by 2 inputs.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ approx. ±327 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ approx. ±327 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ approx. ±327 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input ★ 10 ▲ 52 MD: 52 MULTIPLICATION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 2221 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±10.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain ◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±10.000 K2: NN.NNN K2 Gain ◆ ★ 15 ▲ ±115.00 % A0: 1.50 A0 Bias ◆ ★ 16 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: 1.50 A1 Bias ◆ ★ 17 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: 1.50 A2 Bias
Remark 1: Internal calculation employs 4-digit binary computation.Remark 2: The block accepts input ranging from -327.68 through +327.67% (maximum range available for 2-digit binary computation). When the input value goes above or below this range, the output remains -327.68% or +327.67% and ITEM 02 indicates ‘11’, error status.
ITEM 11
X1
X0
ITEM 12
X2
21X0 = (K1X1 + A1) (K2X2 + A2) + A0
35SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
53 Division 53ABBR: DVD
General Description: Division by 2 inputs.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ approx. ±327 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ approx. ±327 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ approx. ±327 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input ★ 10 ▲ 53 MD: 53 DIVISION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 2221 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±10.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain ◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±10.000 K2: NN.NNN K2 Gain ◆ ★ 15 ▲ ±115.00 % A0: 1.50 A0 Bias◆ ★ 16 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: 1.50 A1 Bias ◆ ★ 17 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: 1.50 A2 Bias
Remark 1: Internal calculation employs 4-digit binary computation.Remark 2: The block accepts input ranging from -327.68 through +327.67% (maximum range available for 2-digit binary computation). When the input value goes above or below this range, the output remains -327.68% or +327.67% and ITEM 02 indicates ‘11’, error status.
ITEM 11
X1
X0
ITEM 12
X2
21K1X1 + A1X0 = + A0
K2X2 + A2
36SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
54 Square Root Extractor 54ABBR: SQR
General Description In order to extract square signal for a DP flowmeter, set K1 = 1.If you need to change signal span, change K1 value.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 54 MD: 54 SQUARE ROOT EXTRACTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±10.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Input low-end cutout setting
ITEM 11
X1 X021X0 = 10 K1 X1
When X1 is smaller than low-end cut out value or negative:
X0 = K1 X1
37SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
55 Absolute Value 55ABBR: ABS
General Description: Used to output the absolute value of input signal.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 55 MD: 55 ABSOLUTE VALUE (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
ITEM 11
X1 X0X1
21
X0 = X1
X0
38SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
56 Non-Linear Gain, Deadband 56ABBR: NLN
General DescriptionTypical application is a non-linear PID control. The output is connected to the input compensation terminal of the PID module in substitution method.With K2 = 0, deadband computation is available.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 56 MD: 56 NON-LINEAR GAIN, DEADBAND (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±10.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±10.000 K2: NN.NNN K2 Gain ◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±10.000 K3: NN.NNN K3 Gain◆ ★ 15 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A1: 1.50 A1 Segment point
ITEM 11
X1 X0A1
K2
K3
–A1
K1
21
X0
39SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
57 Low-end Cutout 57ABBR: DRP
General Description: Used to forcibly output 0% when input signal goes below a setpoint.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 57 MD: 57 LOW-END CUTOUT (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Low-end cutout setting
ITEM 11
X0
X1A1
21X1
X0
Output
Input
40SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
58 Segment Linearizer 58ABBR: LIN
General DescriptionThe output is approximated with 16 segments. SC 1.40
The output is approximated with 7 segments with SC Ver 1.40 or earlier.Both input and output signals are operational from -115% through +115%. If you need more number of segments, connect two or more Linearizer modules in series. Set only necessary number of segment points and leave others blank.Remark: Output range out of segment point setting is provided in a 45-degree incline (input gain = output gain).A1 < A2 < A3 < A4 < A5 < A6 < A7 < .... < A16 < A17
GROUP [72 – 79] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 58 MD: 58 SEGMENT LINEARIZER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 21 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Input 1 ◆ ★ 22 ▲ ±115.00 % B1: NNN.NN B1 Output 1◆ ★ 23 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Input 2◆ ★ 24 ▲ ±115.00 % B2: NNN.NN B2 Output 2 ◆ ★ 25 ▲ ±115.00 % A3: NNN.NN A3 Input 3 ◆ ★ 26 ▲ ±115.00 % B3: NNN.NN B3 Output 3 ◆ ★ 27 ▲ ±115.00 % A4: NNN.NN A4 Input 4 ◆ ★ 28 ▲ ±115.00 % B4: NNN.NN B4 Output 4◆ ★ 29 ▲ ±115.00 % A5: NNN.NN A5 Input 5◆ ★ 30 ▲ ±115.00 % B5: NNN.NN B5 Output 5 ◆ ★ 31 ▲ ±115.00 % A6: NNN.NN A6 Input 6◆ ★ 32 ▲ ±115.00 % B6: NNN.NN B6 Output 6◆ ★ 33 ▲ ±115.00 % A7: NNN.NN A7 Input 7◆ ★ 34 ▲ ±115.00 % B7: NNN.NN B7 Output 7 ◆ ★ 35 ▲ ±115.00 % A8: NNN.NN A8 Input 8◆ ★ 36 ▲ ±115.00 % B8: NNN.NN B8 Output 8
ITEM 11
X1 X0
X1
A1
A2 A3 A4B1
B2
B3
B4
21
X0
(Remark)
(Remark)
41SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ◆ ★ 37 ▲ ±115.00 % A9: NNN.NN A9 Input 9 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 38 ▲ ±115.00 % B9: NNN.NN B9 Output 9 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 39 ▲ ±115.00 % A10: NNN.NN A10 Input 10 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 40 ▲ ±115.00 % B10: NNN.NN B10 Output 10 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 41 ▲ ±115.00 % A11: NNN.NN A11 Input 11 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 42 ▲ ±115.00 % B11: NNN.NN B11 Output 11 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 43 ▲ ±115.00 % A12: NNN.NN A12 Input 12 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 44 ▲ ±115.00 % B12: NNN.NN B12 Output 12 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 45 ▲ ±115.00 % A13: NNN.NN A13 Input 13 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 46 ▲ ±115.00 % B13: NNN.NN B13 Output 13 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 47 ▲ ±115.00 % A14: NNN.NN A14 Input 14 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 48 ▲ ±115.00 % B14: NNN.NN B14 Output 14 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 49 ▲ ±115.00 % A15: NNN.NN A15 Input 15 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % B15: NNN.NN B15 Output 15 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 51 ▲ ±115.00 % A16: NNN.NN A16 Input 16 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % B16: NNN.NN B16 Output 16 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 53 ▲ ±115.00 % A17: NNN.NN A17 Input 17 SC 1.40
◆ ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % B17: NNN.NN B17 Output 17 SC 1.40
■ Ramp Program Utilizing Segment LinearizerWhen the Segment Linearizer and Accumulator blocks are combined as shown in the figure below, a ramp program can be realized.If there are not enough calibration points in one Linearizer block, connect multiple Linearizer blocks in series.Interrupt SW S2 in Accumulator block stops time signal.
SETTINGTIME RATE
ACCUMULATOR SEGMENT LINEARIZER
PARAMETERA1
PARAMETERSELECTOR
Input (time)
Outp
ut
X1
X0X0
42SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
59 Temperature/Pressure Compensation 59ABBR: TCP
General Description Used to execute temperature/pressure compensation for a gaseous flow. The flow signal X1 must be linearized by Square Root Extractor before input.Refer to the Function Block Application Manual to calculate gains and biases utilizing a normalization equation.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Flow input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Pressure input 09 ▲ ±115.00 % X3: NNN.NN X3 Temperature input ★ 10 ▲ 59 MD: 59 TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE COMPENSATION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 Flow connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 2221 X2 Pressure connection terminal (Remark 1) ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 3#: 2321 X3 Temperature connection terminal (Remark 1)◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±10.000 K1: NN.NNN K1 Gain◆ ★ 15 ▲ ±10.000 K2: NN.NNN K2 Gain ◆ ★ 16 ▲ ±10.000 K3: NN.NNN K3 Gain ◆ ★ 17 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: 1.50 A2 Bias ◆ ★ 18 ▲ ±115.00 % A3: 1.50 A3 Bias
Remark 1: When you need only either of pressure or temperature compensation, set ‘0000’ to unused connection terminal and ‘100’ % to unused bias (A2 or A3).
ITEM 11
Flow X1
ITEM 12
Pressure X2 X0
ITEM 13
Temperature X3
21K2X2 + A2X0 = K1X1
K3X3 + A3
43SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
17 Rate of Change Limit 17ABBR: RCL
General DescriptionUsed to limit input signal change within a negative ramp rate and a positive ramp rate. • When the input change rate is slower than the setting, the block outputs the same value as the input.• With the ramp rate set to “0”, X1 equals X0.• When X2 or X3 is not connected, parameters A1 or A2 is used.• For the negative ramp rate A2 or the external negative ramp rate X3, set an absolute value (positive signal). If a negative
signal is provided, X1 equals X0.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 05 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/C X2: NNN.NN X2 External positive ramp rate 06 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/C X3: NNN.NN X3 External negative ramp rate 07 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Positive ramp rate A1 / X2 SW 08 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Negative ramp rate A2 / X3 SW 09 ▲ 0, 1 S3: N S3 Reset command SW (1: reset) ★ 10 ▲ 17 MD: 17 RATE OF CHANGE LIMIT (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/C A1: 3.50 A1 Positive ramp rate◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/C A2: 3.50 A2 Negative ramp rate ★ 14 ▲ 0, 1 C: N C Time unit (0: sec, 1: min) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 2#: 2221 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 16 ▲ GGNN 3#: 2321 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
ITEM 15
X2
ITEM 16
External Positive Ramp Rate Setting
Input
External Negative Ramp Rate SettingX3
ITEM 11
X1
X0t
Positive Ramp Rate A1 (X2)
Negative Ramp Rate A2 (X3)
21
X1
Input
t
X0
Output
Example with a Step Input
01
S2 Negative Ramp Rate A2/X3 SW(A2 is used when S2 = ‘0’)
02
S1 Positive Ramp Rate A1/X2 SW(A1 is used when S1 = ‘0’)
03
S3 Reset Command SW(X1 = X0 when S3 = ‘1’)
SC 1.50
44SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
60 First Order Lag 60ABBR: LAG
General Description Used to reduce unwanted pulsation in an input signal.When Reset SW S1 is “1”, the output signal equals input.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 60 MD: 60 FIRST ORDER LAG (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s T: NNN.N T Time constant (0.0: no lag)
ITEM 11
X1 X021X1 (s)X0 (s) = 1 + Ts
01
S1 (Reset SW)
45SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
61 First Order Lag with Two Time Constants 61ABBR: 2LG
General DescriptionUsed to reduce unwanted pulsation in an input signal.With a large input change, the output signal tracks quickly; while with a small change, the larger filter function is selected.
PrincipleThe module compares an input sample from the last one. When the difference A1 is smaller than the reference deviation setting DV, it chooses large time constant for sufficient buffer function. When the A1 is larger than the DV, it chooses small time constant for better response time.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 61 MD: 61 FIRST ORDER LAG with Two Time Constants (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s T1: NNN.N T1 Time constant used with larger deviation (0.0: no lag) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % DV: NNN.NN DV Deviation◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s T2: NNN.N T2 Time constant used with smaller deviation (0.0: no lag)
ITEM 11
X1
X0
X0X1
21
X1 (s)X0 (s) = 1 + Ts
SWITCH
TIME CONSTANT T = T1
TIME CONSTANT T = T2
DV < A1
DV > A1
DVA1
: Setpoint of deviation between previous value and current value: Deviation between previous value and current value
46SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
62 Ramp Buffer 62ABBR: RMP
General DescriptionUsed to limit input signal change within a negative ramp rate and a positive ramp rate. • When the input change rate is slower than the setting, the block outputs the same value as the input.• With the ramp rate set to “0”, X1 equals X0.• When X2 or X3 is not connected, parameters A1 or A2 is used.• For the negative ramp rate A2 or the external negative ramp rate X3, set an absolute value (positive signal). If a negative
signal is provided, X1 equals X0.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 05 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s X2: NNN.NN X2 External positive ramp rate 06 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s X3: NNN.NN X3 External negative ramp rate 07 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Positive ramp rate A1 / X2 SW 08 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Negative ramp rate A2 / X3 SW 09 ▲ 0, 1 S3: N S3 Reset command SW (1: reset) ★ 10 ▲ 62 MD: 62 RAMP BUFFER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s A1: 3.50 A1 Positive ramp rate◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s A2: 3.50 A2 Negative ramp rate ★ 14 ▲ GGNN 2#: 2221 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 3#: 2321 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
ITEM 14
X2
ITEM 15
External Positive Ramp Rate Setting
Input
External Negative Ramp Rate SettingX3
ITEM 11
X1
X0t
Positive Ramp Rate A1 (X2)
Negative Ramp Rate A2 (X3)
21
X1
Input
t
X0
Output
Example with a Step Input
01
S2 Negative Ramp Rate A2/X3 SW(A2 is used when S2 = ‘0’)
02
S1 Positive Ramp Rate A1/X2 SW(A1 is used when S1 = ‘0’)
03
S3 Reset Command SW(X1 = X0 when S3 = ‘1’)
47SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
63 Mean Average 63ABBR: MAJ
General DescriptionWith N numbers of samples, the block discards U numbers of largest ones and L number of smallest ones, then outputs proportionally to the average of the rest.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output ★ 10 ▲ 63 MD: 63 MEAN AVERAGE (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.5 – 115.0 s H: 0.5 H Sampling cycle (min. 0.5 sec. increments)◆ ★ 13 ▲ 1 – 8 N: 8 N Number of samples to be calculated◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0 – 7 U: 2 U Number of largest samples to be discarded ◆ ★ 15 ▲ 0 – 7 L: 2 L Number of smallest samples to be discarded
ITEM 11
X1 X021
48SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
64 Moving Average 64ABBR: RAV
General DescriptionWith N numbers of samples, the block outputs proportionally to their average. When a new sample is added, it rejects the oldest sample and recalculates.• Three sampling modes are available: (1) 0: time, (2) 1: computation cycle, and (3) 2: synchronized to external contact.• With Reset SW S1 = 1, the output is equal to the input.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 External synchronization contact signal ★ 10 ▲ 64 MD: 64 MOVING AVERAGE (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.1 – 115.0 s H: 0.5 H Sampling cycle (min. 0.1 sec. increments) SC 1.40 (Remark 1) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ 1 – 32 N: 8 N Number of samples to be calculated SC 1.40 (Remark 2) ★ 14 ▲ 0, 1, 2 SM: 2 SM Sampling mode
(0: time, 1: computation cycle, 2: synchronized to external contact) ★ 15 ▲ 0, 1 CM: 0 CM Calculation mode SC 1.40
(0: simple average, 1: true sample average)Remark 1: Range 0.5 – 115.0 sec., min. 0.5 sec. increments for versions lower than SC Ver 1.40.Remark 2: Range 1 – 16 for versions lower than SC Ver 1.40.
ITEM 11
X1 X021
01
S1 (Reset Command)
02
S2 (External Contact Synchronizing Signal)Renewing data with a pulse rise
Calculating moving average of ‘N’ numbers of data
49SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
■ Calculation Mode• Simple AverageAveraging calculation is executed always with the number of samples specified with ITEM 13 when the reset switch (S1) is turned to ‘0’.
[Example]Number of samples to be calculated: 4Input 50% when the S1 is at ‘1’Input changed to 60%, 70% and then 80% when the S1 is at ‘0’
(1) Reset SW : 1
Input 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% Output (50+50+50+50) ÷ 4 = 50%
(2) Reset SW : 0
Input 60% 60% 50% 50% 50% Output (60+50+50+50) ÷ 4 = 52.5%
(3) Next sampling cycle
Input 70% 70% 60% 50% 50% Output (70+60+50+50) ÷ 4 = 57.5%
(4) Next sampling cycle
Input 80% 80% 70% 60% 50% Output (80+70+60+50) ÷ 4 = 65%
• True Sample AverageAveraging calculation is executed always with actial number of samples when the reset switch (S1) is turned to ‘0’.The result is equal to the simple average when samples reaches the number of samples specified with ITEM 13.
[Example]Number of samples to be calculated: 4Input 50% when the S1 is at ‘1’Input changed to 60%, 70% and then 80% when the S1 is at ‘0’
(1) Reset SW : 1
Input 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% Output (50+50+50+50) ÷ 4 = 50%
(2) Reset SW : 0
Input 60% 60% --- --- --- Output (60) ÷ 1 = 60%
(3) Next sampling cycle
Input 70% 70% 60% --- --- Output (70+60) ÷ 2 = 65%
(4) Next sampling cycle
Input 80% 80% 70% 60% --- Output (80+70+60) ÷ 3 = 70%
50SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
65 Lead Time Computation 65ABBR: LED
General Description This block is used to calculate lead time of control signal.With Reset SW S1 = 1, the output is equal to the input.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 65 MD: 65 LEAD TIME COMPUTATION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s T: NNN.N T Time constant (0.0: no lead)
ITEM 11
X1 X021X0 (s) = (1 + Ts) X1 (s)
01
S1 (Reset Command)
51SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
66 Dead Time Computation 66ABBR: DTM
General Description The output is delayed by L seconds after the input. If you add lag time constant, the module calculates first order lag after the dead time.With Reset SW S1 = 1, the output is equal to the input.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 66 MD: 66 DEAD TIME COMPUTATION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s TC: NNN.N TC Time constant (0.0: no lag) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0.5 – 115.0 s H: 0.5 H Sampling cycle (min. 0.5 sec. increments) ◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0 – 8 N: 8 N Number of samples to be calculated (0: dead time = 0)
ITEM 11
X1 X021e –Ls
X0 (s) = X1 (s) 1 + Ts
L = H N (dead time)01
S1 (Reset Command)
52SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
67 Dead Time Compensation 67ABBR: DTC
General Description Used for Smith’s dead time compensation. Typical application is for a process in which long dead time exists constantly.Refer to ‘Function Block Application Manual’ for the use of the block.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 67 MD: 67 DEAD TIME COMPENSATION (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0.0 – 100.0 s TC: NNN.N TC Time constant (0.0: no lag) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ 0.5 – 115.0 s H: 0.5 H Sampling cycle (min. 0.5 sec. increments) ◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0 – 8 N: 8 N Number of samples to be calculated (0: dead time = 0)
ITEM 11
X1 X0211 – e –Ls
X0 (s) = X1 (s) 1 + Ts
L = H N (dead time)
53SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
68 Accumulator (momentary value input) 68ABBR: QNT
General DescriptionUsed to continuously totalize analog signals and also as a preset counter.• With Interrupt SW S2 set to ‘1’, the module does not count.• With Reset SW S1 set to ‘1’, accumulated value is reset to ‘0’, while the Preset Value Reached Signal Y1 is turned off.• The accumulated value output Q0 returns automatically to 0 counts when the counter reaches 10000 counts. Fractions are
not dropped but added.• If the accumulated value output Q0 is connected to an analog input terminal of another function block, 10000 counts are
equal to 100.00%.
Setting Example You have a range of 0 – 150 m3/h as momentary value. You need 150 counts per hour, that is 1 count per 1 m3. ITEM 13: 150 (counter rate K) ITEM 14: 2 (time unit C)If you need 1500 counts per hour (1 count per 0.1 m3): ITEM 13: 1500 (counter rate K)
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 04 ▲ 0.00 – 100.00 21: NNN.NN Q0 Accumulated value output
(0 to 10000 counts are represented as 0.00 to 100.0%) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 06 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Interrupt SW (1: interrupt) 07 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Preset value reached output 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 68 MD: 68 ACCUMULATOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ● 0 – 10000 PS: NNNN PS Preset value ★ 13 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K: NNNNN.NN K Counter rate (Set the number of counts you need the module counts
with continuous 100% status for ‘C’ time duration [ITEM 14]) ★ 14 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C: N C Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour, 3: day)
ITEM 11 ITEM 13 – 14
ITEM 12
Accum. ValueOutput
Preset ValueReached
21Accumulated Value Output
01
COUNTER RATE SET. Q0Momentary Value
X1 PRESET COUNTER
10000
PRESET VALUE
InterruptInterrupt SW
S2
11Preset Value Reached
Y1
02 Reset
Preset ValueReached
S2
S1Reset SWS1
Y1
0
Q0
t
54SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
69 Ramp Program Setter 69ABBR: PRG
General DescriptionRamp programming is done by setting ramp rates.• Run SW S1 operates with ‘1’, the program starts with reference input X1 and initial value A0.• Run SW S1 resets Y1, Y2 and Y3 with ‘0’. Output value X0 holds the output before reset.• The program stops where it is when the Hold SW S2 is turned to ‘1’.• The ‘Hold’ timer can be forcibly ended with an one-shot input of ‘Go to Next Stage’ SW S3.• If you set a ramp rate Kn = 0, other parameters concerning this ramp (Cn, An, Tn and Pn) are disregarded.• If you do not use (do not connect) a reference input X1, the program starts at the initial value A0 in the ramp rate K1.If you have the X1, it starts at the initial value X1 in the ramp rate K1. However, if the K1 is set to a positive value and the X1 is greater than the Hold value A1, or if the K1 is set to a negative value and the X1 is smaller than the A1, the Y3 (X1 error status) is turned to ‘1’ and the program does not start.
ITEM 11
21 X0
X1
Reference Input
Y2
S1
Y1
X0
t
T5T3T2T1A0
K1A5
K2
A1
K3
A2
K5
A3
01
S1 (Run)
02
S2 (Hold)
03
S3 (Go to Next Stage)
13
Y3 (X1 Input Error)
12
Y2 (Holding)
11
Y1 (Reached to Final Stage)
55SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [72 – 79] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Run SW (0: reset, 1: run) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Hold SW (1: hold) 06 ▲ 0, 1 S3: N S3 Go to next stage SW (force-end the intermediate hold timer) 07 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Reached to final stage 08 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 Holding 09 ▲ 0, 1 Y3: N Y3 X1 input error ★ 10 ▲ 69 MD: 69 RAMP PROGRAM SETTER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±115.00 % A0: NNN.NN A0 Initial value ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±115.00 %/C1 K1: NNN.NN K1 Ramp rate ◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0, 1, 2 C1: N C1 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour) ◆ ★ 15 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Hold value ◆ ★ 16 ▲ 0 – 1000 T1: NNNN T1 Hold time ◆ ★ 17 ▲ 0, 1, 2 P1: N P1 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour)◆ ★ 18 ▲ ±115.00 %/C2 K2: NNN.NN K2 Ramp rate ◆ ★ 19 ▲ 0, 1, 2 C2: N C2 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour)◆ ★ 20 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Hold value ◆ ★ 21 ▲ 0 – 1000 T2: NNNN T2 Hold time◆ ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2 P2: N P2 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour) ◆ ★ 23 ▲ ±115.00 %/C3 K3: NNN.NN K3 Ramp rate ◆ ★ 24 ▲ 0, 1, 2 C3: N C3 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour)◆ ★ 25 ▲ ±115.00 % A3: NNN.NN A3 Hold value◆ ★ 26 ▲ 0 – 1000 T3: NNNN T3 Hold time◆ ★ 27 ▲ 0, 1, 2 P3: N P3 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour) ◆ ★ 28 ▲ ±115.00 %/C4 K4: NNN.NN K4 Ramp rate◆ ★ 29 ▲ 0, 1, 2 C4: N C4 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour) ◆ ★ 30 ▲ ±115.00 % A4: NNN.NN A4 Hold value◆ ★ 31 ▲ 0 – 1000 T4: NNNN T4 Hold time ◆ ★ 32 ▲ 0, 1, 2 P4: N P4 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour) ◆ ★ 33 ▲ ±115.00 %/C5 K5: NNN.NN K5 Ramp rate◆ ★ 34 ▲ 0, 1, 2 C5: N C5 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour)◆ ★ 35 ▲ ±115.00 % A5: NNN.NN A5 Hold value◆ ★ 36 ▲ 0 – 1000 T5: NNNN T5 Hold time◆ ★ 37 ▲ 0, 1, 2 P5: N P5 Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour)
56SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
70 High/Low Limiter 70ABBR: HLL
General Description: Used to limit analog input signal within a preset range.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 70 MD: 70 HIGH/LOW LIMITER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 High limit◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Low limit
ITEM 11
X0
X1
A2
A1
21X1
X0
57SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
71 Deviation Limiter 71ABBR: DVL
General Description Used to calculate deviation between two analog inputs and limit the deviation within a preset range.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Reference input ★ 10 ▲ 71 MD: 71 DEVIATION LIMITER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X2 connection terminal (error if not connected) ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 High deviation limit◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Low deviation limit
ITEM 12
X0Deviation (X2 – X1)A2
A1
21
X2
Reference Input
ITEM 11
X1
X0
58SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
18 Input Selector (with ramp control at switching) 18ABBR: SFT
General DescriptionUsed to select and output either one of two analog inputs.
OperationWhen S1 is set, the output X0 starts to track the selected input X1 or X2 at a ramp rate A1 or X3.• With S1 = ‘0’, the input X1 is selected.• With the ramp rate set to 0, the output immediately tracks the selected input.• External ramp rate X3: Data range 0 – 10000 is converted into 0 – 100%. A1 is used when X3 is not connected. With negative
input, the ramp rate equals 0. GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Select SW (0: select X1, 1: select X2) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Ramp rate A1 / X3 SW 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input 09 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s X3: NNN.NN X3 Ramp rate by remote setting ★ 10 ▲ 18 MD: 18 INPUT SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ◆★ 13 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s A1: 3.50 A1 Ramp rate ★ 14 ▲ GGNN 3#: 2321 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
ITEM 11
X1
ITEM 12
X2
ITEM 14
X3
X021
01 02
S1 (Select Switch) S2 Ramp Rate A1/X3 SW(A1 is used when S2 = ‘0’)
X2
X1
X0
S1
tRamp Rate A1 (X3)
Input
t
Output
Ramp rate control to track the new input signal once it is switched by S1.
External Ramp Rate Input
59SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
19 Output Selector 19ABBR: OTS
General Description Used to route an input to a specified channel of 8 outputs.• S1 through S8 correspond respectively to Xo 1 through Xo 8.• ITEM 12 set value is output at unconnected terminals.• If more than one switch is selected, higher switch number (S1...S8) prevails.• S1 through S8 are set to ‘0’ at cold start.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 04 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input ★ 10 ▲ 19 MD: 19 OUTPUT SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
X2 is provided to non-selected channels. 0% is output if not connected. 21 ▲ 0, 1 01: N S1 Select SW 22 ▲ 0, 1 02: N S2 Select SW 23 ▲ 0, 1 03: N S3 Select SW 24 ▲ 0, 1 04: N S4 Select SW 25 ▲ 0, 1 05: N S5 Select SW 26 ▲ 0, 1 06: N S6 Select SW 27 ▲ 0, 1 07: N S7 Select SW 28 ▲ 0, 1 08: N S8 Select SW
01
S1
02
S2
03
S3
04
S4
05
S5
06
S6
07
S7
08
S8
21 Xo 1
22 Xo 2
23 Xo 3
24 Xo 4
25 Xo 5
26 Xo 6
27 Xo 7
28 Xo 8
ITEM 12
X2
ITEM 11
X1
Input signal to be output to non-selected terminals
Input signal to be output to selected terminals
60SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
72 Input Selector (2 points) 72ABBR: INS
General DescriptionUsed to select and output either one of two analog inputs.With S1 = ‘0’, the input X1 is selected.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Select SW (0: select X1) 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input ★ 10 ▲ 72 MD: 72 INPUT SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
■Signal HoldThe output signal can be held if you connect the output X0 to the input X2 and turn Select SW S1 on as shown in the figure below.
X1
X2
X0
ITEM 11
X1
ITEM 12
X2
X021
01
S1 (Select Switch)
61SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
85 Input Selector (8 points) 85ABBR: INE
General Description Used to select and output either one of eight analog inputs.• S1 through S8 correspond respectively to the input X1 through X8. With none selected, the output X0 equals 0%.• With more than one switch is set to ‘1’, larger number channel among S1 through S8 is valid.• The input X1 must be connected. Error is given if not connected.• If the connected input connection terminal is not registered, the output X0 equals 0%.• S1 through S8 are set to ‘0’ as default value at cold start.
ITEM 13
X3
01
S1
02
S2
03
S3
04
S4
05
S5
06
S6
07
S7
08
S8
ITEM 14
X4
ITEM 15
X5
21 X0
ITEM 12
X2
ITEM 11
X1
ITEM 16
X6
ITEM 17
X7
ITEM 18
X8
62SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output ★ 10 ▲ 85 MD: 85 8-POINT INPUT SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1222 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1321 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 14 ▲ GGNN 4#: 1322 X4 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 5#: 1421 X5 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 16 ▲ GGNN 6#: 1422 X6 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 17 ▲ GGNN 7#: 1521 X7 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 18 ▲ GGNN 8#: 1522 X8 connection terminal (no connection allowed) 21 ▲ 0, 1 01: N S1 X1 select SW 22 ▲ 0, 1 02: N S2 X2 select SW 23 ▲ 0, 1 03: N S3 X3 select SW 24 ▲ 0, 1 04: N S4 X4 select SW 25 ▲ 0, 1 05: N S5 X5 select SW 26 ▲ 0, 1 06: N S6 X6 select SW 27 ▲ 0, 1 07: N S7 X7 select SW 28 ▲ 0, 1 08: N S8 X8 select SW
63SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
73 Maximum Value Selector 73ABBR: MAX
General DescriptionUsed to select and output the largest of three analog inputs.Status monitor output Y1 – Y3 indicates which input is currently selected.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 X1 being selected 05 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 X2 being selected 06 ▲ 0, 1 Y3: N Y3 X3 being selected 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input 09 ▲ ±115.00 % X3: NNN.NN X3 Input ★ 10 ▲ 73 MD: 73 MAXIMUM VALUE SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1421 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
ITEM 11
X1
ITEM 12
X2 X0
ITEM 13
X3
21X0 = MAX (X1, X2, X3)
11
Y1 (X1 being selected)
12
Y2 (X2 being selected)
13
Y3 (X3 being selected)
64SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
74 Minimum Value Selector 74ABBR: MIN
General Description Used to select and output the smallest of three analog inputs.Status monitor output Y1 – Y3 indicates which input is currently selected.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 X1 being selected 05 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 X2 being selected 06 ▲ 0, 1 Y3: N Y3 X3 being selected 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input 09 ▲ ±115.00 % X3: NNN.NN X3 Input ★ 10 ▲ 74 MD: 74 MINIMUM VALUE SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1321 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1421 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed)
ITEM 11
X1
ITEM 12
X2 X0
ITEM 13
X3
21X0 = MIN (X1, X2, X3)
11
Y1 (X1 being selected)
12
Y2 (X2 being selected)
13
Y3 (X3 being selected)
65SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
75 Parameter Selector (2 points) 75ABBR: CTS
General DescriptionUsed to select and output either one of two parameters.With S1 = ‘0’, the parameter A1 is selected.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Select SW (0: select A1, 1: select A2) ★ 10 ▲ 75 MD: 75 PARAMETER SELECTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ◆ ★ 11 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 Parameter ◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Parameter
A1
A2
X021
01
S1 (Select Switch)
66SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
86 Parameter Generator (8 points) 86ABBR: CTE
General Description: Eight constant parameters are generated.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 86 MD: 86 PARAMETER GENERATOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ◆ ★ 11 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN A1 Parameter◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±115.00 % 22: NNN.NN A2 Parameter ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±115.00 % 23: NNN.NN A3 Parameter◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±115.00 % 24: NNN.NN A4 Parameter◆ ★ 15 ▲ ±115.00 % 25: NNN.NN A5 Parameter◆ ★ 16 ▲ ±115.00 % 26: NNN.NN A6 Parameter◆ ★ 17 ▲ ±115.00 % 27: NNN.NN A7 Parameter◆ ★ 18 ▲ ±115.00 % 28: NNN.NN A8 Parameter
ITEM 11 A1
ITEM 12 A2
ITEM 13 A3
ITEM 14 A4
ITEM 15 A5
ITEM 16 A6
24 Ao 4
25 Ao 5
26 Ao 6
ITEM 17 A7
ITEM 18 A8
27 Ao 7
28 Ao 8
21 Ao 1
22 Ao 2
23 Ao 3
67SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
76 High/Low Alarm 76ABBR: PVA
General DescriptionThe block provides alarm contact outputs for high and low limit.Both output Y1 and Y2 respectively have hysteresis (deadband) A3.There is no interference between high setpoint A1 and low setpoint A2.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 High alarm output 05 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 Low alarm output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 76 MD: 76 HIGH/LOW ALARM (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 High setpoint ◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Low setpoint ◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A3: NNN.NN A3 Hysteresis (deadband)
ITEM 11
21 X0 ( = X1)
X1
‘0’
A2Input X1
‘1’
Y2 A3
12
Y2 (Low Limit)
11
Y1 (High Limit)
‘0’
A1
‘1’
Y1 A3
68SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
77 Deviation Alarm 77ABBR: DVA
General Description: The block provides alarm contact outputs for the deviation of two input signals.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output (deviation) 04 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 High deviation alarm output 05 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 Low deviation alarm output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Reference input 08 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input ★ 10 ▲ 77 MD: 77 DEVIATION ALARM (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1222 X2 connection terminal (error if not connected)◆ ★ 13 ▲ ±115.00 % A1: NNN.NN A1 High setpoint ◆ ★ 14 ▲ ±115.00 % A2: NNN.NN A2 Low setpoint ◆ ★ 15 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A3: NNN.NN A3 Hysteresis (deadband)
ITEM 11
21 X0 ( = X2 – X1)
X1
ITEM 12
Reference Input
InputX2
‘0’
A2Deviation (X2 – X1)
‘1’
Y2 A3
12
Y2 (Low Deviation Limit)
11
Y1 (High Deviation Limit)
‘0’
A1
‘1’
Y1 A3
Deviation Output
69SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
78 Rate of Change Alarm 78ABBR: VRA
General DescriptionThe block calculates the difference between the present sample value X1 (K) with another X1 (K−N) stored N samples before, and divides it by the elapsed time (H x N [seconds]) to obtain its rate of change.If the rate of change is greater than the positive rate A1, the output Y1 turns to ‘1’.If the rate of change is smaller than the negative rate A2, the output Y2 turns to ‘1’.Both setpoints respectively have hysteresis A3.Negative direction setpoint A2 must be set to a positive value.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output (change rate) 04 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Positive direction alarm output 05 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 Negative direction alarm output 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 78 MD: 78 RATE OF CHANGE ALARM (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ 0.5 – 115.0 s H: 0.5 H Sampling cycle (min. 0.5 sec. increments) ★ 13 ▲ 1 – 8 N: 8 N Number of samples to be calculated ◆ ★ 14 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s A1: 3.50 A1 Positive direction setpoint ◆ ★ 15 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s A2: 3.50 A2 Negative direction setpoint◆ ★16 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % A3: NNN.NN A3 Hysteresis (deadband)
ITEM 11
21 X0 (Rate of Change)X1
12
Y2 (Negative Direction)
11
Y1 (Positive Direction)
X1(K) – X1(K – N)X0 = H x N
70SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
79 Parameter Setter 79ABBR: PMS
General Description When Set Command SW S1 is turned to ‘1’, the module rewrites parameters in specified function blocks.• Changeable parameters (ITEM) are marked with ‘◆’ in the Function Block List (2 byte data only).• Decimal point position of an analog range will be disregarded. The one used in the rewritten ITEM will be used.• Written parameters can be read at the analog terminals 21, 22 and 23.• Typical applications of External Parameters: - Setting PID parameters using Ai Receive Terminal. - Changing function parameters - Changing parameters for a math function module according to the result of another function module.
WARNING !Use OUTPUT SHOT commands for S1 and S2.Parameters in each function block can be rewritten approx. one hundred thousand (100,000) times (according to nominal specification of the EEPROM).For example, if you rewrite a parameter every one hour, the EEPROM is usable approx. eleven years.Please consider this information carefully when you design an application of this function block.When setting ITEM No. for each output connecting terminal, do not use contact (0, 1) or 1 byte (-128 to 127) numbers.
ITEM 17
X1
G1 (to specified GROUP/ITEM)
01
S1 (Set Command)
02
S2 (Read Command)
A parameter is written by S1 set command.The written parameter is read in the following computation cycle and is output as an analog signal.S2 read command is also available.
A1
Parameter
ITEM 18
X2
G2 (to specified GROUP/ITEM)A2
ITEM 19
X3
G3 (to specified GROUP/ITEM)A3
21 G1 (Read Value)
22 G2 (Read Value)
23 G3 (Read Value)
71SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Set command SW 05 ▲ ±115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input 06 ▲ ±115.00 % X2: NNN.NN X2 Input 07 ▲ ±115.00 % X3: NNN.NN X3 Input ★ 10 ▲ 79 MD: 79 PARAMETER SETTER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGII G1: 3014 G1 output connection terminal
GG: Group No. II: Item No. ★ 12 ▲ GGII G2: 3114 G2 output connection terminal ★ 13 ▲ GGII G3: 3215 G3 output connection terminal INTERNAL PARAMETER SETTING Data range corresponds to that used in the destination ITEM (decimal point not included) ★ 14 ▲ ±32000 A1: XXXXX A1 Parameter ★ 15 ▲ ±32000 A2: XXXXX A2 Parameter ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 A3: XXXXX A3 Parameter EXTERNAL PARAMETER SETTING GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. (analog or discrete) With GGNN = 0 or no connection, internal parameter setting will have a priority. ★ 17 ▲ GGNN X1: 1101 X1 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 18 ▲ GGNN X2: 1221 X2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN X3: 1321 X3 connection terminal (no connection allowed) PARAMETER READING
20 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Read command SW 21 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: 0.14 G1 Read value (Remark 1) 22 ▲ ±115.00 % 22: 1.00 G2 Read value (Remark 1) 23 ▲ ±115.00 % 23: 12.34 G3 Read value (Remark 1)
Remark 1: Decimal Point PositionAnalog data is provided automatically with two decimal places. However, actual decimal point position depends upon data of the destination. For example, if you read the proportional band of a PID control as 100%, 1.00 is indicated. Likewise, if you read a gain of a computing module, the gain 1.234 will be indicated as 12.34.
72SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
80 Numeral Converter 80ABBR: BCD
General DescriptionThe input value is converted and output at the specified numeric terminal. It may not be converted appropriately if a terminal other than one for analog signal is used.
ITEM 11
ITEM 15
21SCALING X0 (Analog Value)X1 NUMERAL CONVERSION
22 X0 (Hexadecimal)
23 X0 (Octal)
24 X0 (Binary)
25 X0 (Decimal)
26 X0 (BCD)
GG Send to Do Send Terminal
CONVERTIBLE NUMERALS• Analog value: ±115.00% accumulated value (0 – 10000)• Binary (16 digits)• Octal (6 digits)• Hexadecimal (4 digits)• Decimal (7 digits)• BCD (7 digits)
73SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output indication (analog value) 04 ▲ 0000 – FFFF 22: NNNN X0 Output indication (hexadecimal) 05 ▲ 000000 – 177777 23: NNNNNN X0 Output indication (octal) 06 ▲ 00.... – 11.... 24: NN.... X0 Output indication (binary, 16 digits) (13 upper digits) 07 ▲ 0 – 1000000 25: NNNNNNN X0 Output indication (decimal, 7 digits) 08 ▲ 0.000000 – 1000000 26: NNNNNNN X0 Output indication (BCD, 7 digits) 09 ▲ NNNNN.... X1: NNNNN... Input indication (according to numeral of input) ★ 10 ▲ 80 MD: 80 NUMERAL CONVERTER (model) ‘-’ to clear. INPUT
★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
Set N = 00 when input from Di/Do communication terminal. ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 IN: N Numeral of input signal
0: analog value 3: binary (16 digits) 1: hexadecimal (4 digits) 4: decimal (7 digits) 2: octal (6 digits) 5: BCD (7 digits)
OUTPUT
★ 15 ▲ GG (11 – 26) GG: 12 G1 output connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. of Do communication terminal
★ 16 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 OT: N Numeral of output signal 0: analog value 3: binary (16 digits) 1: hexadecimal (4 digits) 4: decimal (7 digits) 2: octal (6 digits) 5: BCD (7 digits)
SCALING
★ 17 ▲ 0, 1, 2 SC: N Scaling mode (0: without, 1: with span, 2: with offset + span) SCALING RANGE WITH ANALOG INPUT (decimal point position for BCD output) ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 MH: 15000 Upper range (at 100% input) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 ML: 0 Lower range (at 0% input) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 DP: 1 Decimal point position (from rightmost position) SCALING RANGE BETWEEN NUMERALS OTHER THAN ANALOG SIGNAL
★ 23 ▲ NNNN.....N X1: 0 X1 value ★ 24 ▲ NNNN.....N Y1: 0 Y1 value ★ 25 ▲ NNNN.....N X2: FFFF X2 value ★ 26 ▲ NNNN.....N Y2: 1000000 Y2 value
Remarks:With ITEM 12 ‘Numeral of input signal’ set to ‘1: hexadecimal (4 digits)’, add ‘0’ at the top of the value for ITEM 23 ‘X1 value’ or ITEM 25 ‘X2 value’, if it should start with ‘D.’Apply the same principle for ITEM 24 ‘Y1 value’ or ITEM 26 ‘Y2 value’, with ITEM 15 ‘Numeral of output signal’ set to ‘1: hexadecimal (4 digits)’.
■ Scaling of Analog Input (mode 1: with span)Analog input (0 – 100.00%) is converted into engineering unit value by its span. Zero point is equal to 0.A typical application of this scaling function is to “indicate analog signal in an engineering unit on the Digital Indicator (model: ABD)”.
ANALOG INPUT ➔ SCALING: INPUT% x (MH – ML) ➔ OUTPUT NUMERAL CONVERSION ➔ OUTPUT
Only when the converted result is output in BCD, decimal point position and negative range can be included in the scaling. When it is output in decimals, negative range is included. When the value converted into an engineering unit is output in other numeral systems, negative range is output as 0.
74SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
■ Scaling of Analog Input (mode 2: with span + offset)Analog input (0 – 100.00%) is converted into engineering unit value by its span and offset.
ANALOG INPUT ➔ SCALING: INPUT% x (MH – ML) + ML ➔ OUTPUT NUMERAL CONVERSION ➔ OUTPUT
Only when the converted result is output in BCD, decimal point position and negative range can be included in the scaling. When it is output in decimals, negative range is included. When the value converted into an engineering unit is output in other numeral systems, absolute value of negative range is output.
■Scaling of Numerals Other Than Analog InputThe value is scaled without minus sign or decimal point. The scaling is performed according to data between two points as shown in the figure below.
The numeral system of analog value at the analog output terminal ‘21’ is the same as that of output signal.If you need to use an input signal in a numeral other than analog for some computa-tion block, first convert the signal into analog utilizing this numeral conversion block. Then input the converted analog signal to the computation block and then send the result back to another numeral conversion block.
■ Signal Assignment in the Communication Terminal Block for Discrete I/O
ASSIGN.DECIMAL* BCD HEXADECIMAL OCTAL BINARY
ASSIGN.Weight (W) W Contents W Contents W Contents Weight Contents
1 1 1 Decimal point position (from LSB)
1 LSD 1 LSD 1 LSD 1 2 2 2 2 x 1 2 x 1 2 2nd LSD 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 3rd LSD 3 4 8 1 (±) Sign 8 1 2nd LSD 8 4th LSD 4 5 16 1 LSD 1 2nd LSD 2 x 8 16 5th LSD 5 6 32 2 x 1 2 x 16 4 32 6th LSD 6 7 64 4 4 1 3rd LSD 64 7th LSD 7 8 128 8 8 2 x 64 128 8th LSD 8 9 256 1 2nd LSD 1 3rd LSD 4 256 9th LSD 910 512 2 x 10 2 x 256 1 4th LSD 512 10th LSD 1011 1024 4 4 2 x 512 1024 11th LSD 1112 2048 8 8 4 2048 12th LSD 1213 4096 1 3rd LSD 1 4th LSD 1 5th LSD 4096 13th LSD 1314 8192 2 x 100 2 x 4096 2 x 4096 8192 14th LSD 1415 16384 4 4 4 16384 15th LSD 1516 32768 8 8 1 x 32768 32768 16th LSD 1617 65536 1 4th LSD LSB = Least Significant Bit18 131072 2 x 1000 LSD = Least Significant Digit19 262144 420 524288 8 * With decimal output setting, the range 0...1000000 is output in 20 bits.
Negative range is represented in 2’s complements. Bit 21...32 turn ‘1.’21 1 5th LSD22 Reserved 2 x 1000023 424 825 1 6th LSD26 Reserved 2 x 10000027 428 8
29 Reserved1
7h LSDx 1000000
3031 Reserved Reserved32
XX2X1
Y1
Y2
Y
(X1, Y1)
(X2, Y2)
INPUT (numeral system of input)
OUTP
UT (n
umer
al sy
stem
of o
utpu
t)
75SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
81 Weight Totalizer 81ABBR: QWT
General DescriptionThe block is used for a hopper scale to totalize ingredient weight by adding total weight and subtracting tare weight.• Setting Reset SW to ‘1’ will adjust the totalized value to ‘0’.• Add SW and Subtract SW will be provided by shot signals in Sequential Control block.• Measured signal will be totalized by Add SW, while subtracted by Subtract SW.• Totalized Value Output Q0, in addition mode, continues counting even after the counter reaches 10000. It returns to 0 only
if the counts still exceeds 10000 after a subtraction signal is received and applied. The fractions of 10000 counts will not be dropped but added at this point.
• ‘1 Cycle Completed’ output Y1 is connected to a Counter block so that it can totalize the weight. When the accumulation of Q0 signal reaches 10000 and returns to 0 count, the Y1 is turned on for 1 computation cycle duration.
• If you connect the Totalized Value Output Q0 to an analog input terminal of another function block, 10000 counts will be converted as 100.00%.
It is recommended that application is designed so that the totalized value remains within the maximum value of 10000.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 04 ▲ 0 – 10000 21: NNNNN Q0 Totalized value output 05 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 06 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Add SW (1: add) 07 ▲ 0, 1 S3: N S3 Subtract SW (1: subtract) 08 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 1 cycle complete output 09 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % X1: NNN.NN X1 Input ★ 10 ▲ 81 MD: 81 WEIGHT TOTALIZER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No.
ITEM 11
Totalized ValueOutput
Explanation below.
21Totalized Value Output
03
ADD/SUBTRACT. TOTALIZER Q0
Momentary ValueX1
10000
SubtractSubtract SW
S3
111 Cycle Complete
Y1
01 Reset
1 CycleComplete
S3
S1Reset SWS1
Y1
Q0
t
02 Add S2Add SW
S2
76SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
82 Analog/Pulse Duration Converter 82ABBR: ADT
General DescriptionThe ON/OFF output duration ratio, in a constant cycle duration, is proportional to the input signal.• With the input below 0%, the output Y1 is set to ‘0’ for a whole cycle duration. With the input over 100%, the output Y1 is set
to ‘1’ for a whole cycle duration.• While Reset SW is set to ‘0’, the output Y1 repeatedly turns on and off (‘1’ - ‘0’) according to the input X1.• The minimum time resolution is 0.1 second. However, it cannot be shorter than the computation cycle.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) 05 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Pulse duration output ★ 10 ▲ 82 MD: 82 ANALOG/PULSE DURATION CONVERTER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ◆ ★ 12 ● 0 – 1000 s CT: NNNN CT Pulse cycle time
ITEM 11
ITEM 12
Explanation below.
21Output
01
CYCLE
X0 ( = X1)Input
X1
ANALOG/PULSE DURATION CONVERTER
Pulse DurationOutput
Reset SWS1 11
Pulse Duration Output
Y1
Reset SW
Y1
S1
ON
ITEM 12
CYCLE
ITEM 12
CYCLE
OFF
77SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
83 Analog Signal Hold 83ABBR: AMM
General DescriptionUsed to hold either of the maximum, the minimum or the momentary value of an input signal.• With Reset SW S1 set to ‘1’, the output X0 equals the input X1. To reset, use a shot command ON signal in Sequential Control
block.• The momentary value hold mode: the momentary value is stored in memory with an one-shot input S1.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ ±115.00 % 21: NNN.NN X0 Output 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Reset SW (1: reset) ★ 10 ▲ 83 MD: 83 ANALOG SIGNAL HOLD (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1#: 1221 X1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1, 2 MM: N Hold mode (0: minimum, 1: momentary, 2: maximum)
ITEM 11
21Output
X0Input
X1 MEMORY
01
S1 (Reset SW)
X0 = X1 in reset
78SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
84 ITEM Reader 84ABBR: ITR
General DescriptionUsed to read parameters, analog values, switch status and internal computation value from ITEMs of another GROUP.
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 84 MD: 84 ITEM READER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGII G1: 3014 G1 connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. II: Item No. ★ 12 ▲ GGII G2: 3114 G2 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 13 ▲ GGII G3: 3215 G3 connection terminal (no connection allowed) ★ 14 ▲ GGII G4: 3326 G4 connection terminal (no connection allowed) 21 ▲ NNNNNN 21: 14 G1 Read value (Remark 1) 22 ▲ NNNNNN 22: -100 G2 Read value (Remark 1) 23 ▲ NNNNNN 23: 1234 G3 Read value (Remark 1) 24 ▲ NNNNNN 24: 12345 G4 Read value (Remark 1)
Remark 1: ITEM 21 – 24 are indicated in 16-bit binary. Therefore, the decimal point of the original ITEM location is lost. If another block enters a value from the ITEM for which only positive range is available (for example, 0 – 64000) and then this block reads the value, it is converted and indicated as ap-prox. ±320.00%.
ITEM 13
ITEM 14
24 G4 Read Value
23 G3 Read Value
22 G2 Read Value
21 G1 Read Value
ITEM 12
ITEM 11
ITEM G1 Value in Another Group
ITEM G2 Value in Another Group
ITEM G3 Value in Another Group
ITEM G4 Value in Another Group
79SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
87 Contact Distributor 87ABBR: DCN
General DescriptionUsed to connect 1 point discrete input to 1 point discrete output.• 8 pairs can be specified without utilizing Sequential Control Program block.• Beneficial for connecting directly between a Field Terminal and a Communication Terminal.
8i 8oNN
G#: GG G#: GG
NNITEM 25 ITEM 26
1i 1oNN
G#: GG
CONTACT DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK
G#: GG
NNITEM 11 ITEM 12
Input
INPUT OUTPUT
Destination
2i 2oITEM 13 ITEM 14
80SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 87 MD: 87 CONTACT DISTRIBUTOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN 1I : GGNN 1i Input terminal
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ GGNN 1O: GGNN 1o Destination terminal ★ 13 ▲ GGNN 2I : GGNN 2i Input terminal ★ 14 ▲ GGNN 2O: GGNN 2o Destination terminal ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 3I : GGNN 3i Input terminal ★ 16 ▲ GGNN 3O: GGNN 3o Destination terminal ★ 17 ▲ GGNN 4I : GGNN 4i Input terminal ★ 18 ▲ GGNN 4O: GGNN 4o Destination terminal ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 5I : GGNN 5i Input terminal ★ 20 ▲ GGNN 5O: GGNN 5o Destination terminal ★ 21 ▲ GGNN 6I : GGNN 6i Input terminal ★ 22 ▲ GGNN 6O: GGNN 6o Destination terminal ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 7I : GGNN 7i Input terminal ★ 24 ▲ GGNN 7O: GGNN 7o Destination terminal ★ 25 ▲ GGNN 8I : GGNN 8i Input terminal ★ 26 ▲ GGNN 8O: GGNN 8o Destination terminal 31 ▲ 0, 1 D1: N 1i (Di 1) Discrete input 32 ▲ 0, 1 D2: N 2i (Di 2) Discrete input 33 ▲ 0, 1 D3: N 3i (Di 3) Discrete input 34 ▲ 0, 1 D4: N 4i (Di 4) Discrete input 35 ▲ 0, 1 D5: N 5i (Di 5) Discrete input 36 ▲ 0, 1 D6: N 6i (Di 6) Discrete input 37 ▲ 0, 1 D7: N 7i (Di 7) Discrete input 38 ▲ 0, 1 D8: N 8i (Di 8) Discrete input
81SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
88 Analog Signal Comparator 88ABBR: ACP
General DescriptionUsed to compare an analog input with a preset parameter (reference) or with another analog input. 8 channels are available.• Commands (Cn) 1 : An Larger than (>) Rn
2 : An Equal to (=) Rn
3 : An Smaller than (<) Rn
• References (Rn) With Mode (Mn) : 0, Reference (Rn) is a preset parameter (±115.00%) With Mode (Mn) : 1, Reference (Rn) is an input terminal number (GGNN).
11Y1Comparison Result OutputOutput
R1Reference
M1Mode
C1Command
A1Input
Y1
12Y2R2M2C2A2 Y2
13Y3R3M3C3A3 Y3
14Y4R4M4C4A4 Y4
15Y5R5M5C5A5 Y5
16Y6R6M6C6A6 Y6
17Y7R7M7C7A7 Y7
18Y8R8M8C8A8 Y8
01S1
02S2
03S3
Comparator Cancel SW
Input
Output = 0 SW
Output = 1 SW
ITEM 11
A1
ITEM 16
A2
ITEM 46
A8
GROUP [30 – 61] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Comparator cancel SW (1: cancel) 04 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Output = 0 command SW 05 ▲ 0, 1 S3: N S3 Output = 1 command SW ★ 10 ▲ 88 MD: 88 ANALOG SIGNAL COMPARATOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ GGNN A1: GGNN A1 Input connection terminal (error if not connected)
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C1: N C1 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N M1 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 14 ▲ ±115.00 % or R1: NNNNNN R1 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 15 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Comparison result output
82SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 16 ▲ GGNN A2: GGNN A2 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 17 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C2: N C2 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N M2 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 19 ▲ ±115.00 % or R2: NNNNNN R2 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 20 ▲ 0, 1 Y2: N Y2 Comparison result output ★ 21 ▲ GGNN A3: GGNN A3 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C3: N C3 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 23 ▲ 0, 1 M3: N M3 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 24 ▲ ±115.00 % or R3: NNNNNN R3 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 25 ▲ 0, 1 Y3: N Y3 Comparison result output ★ 26 ▲ GGNN A4: GGNN A4 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 27 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C4: N C4 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 28 ▲ 0, 1 M4: N M4 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 29 ▲ ±115.00 % or R4: NNNNNN R4 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 30 ▲ 0, 1 Y4: N Y4 Comparison result output ★ 31 ▲ GGNN A5: GGNN A5 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 32 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C5: N C5 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 33 ▲ 0, 1 M5: N M5 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 34 ▲ ±115.00 % or R5: NNNNNN R5 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 35 ▲ 0, 1 Y5: N Y5 Comparison result output ★ 36 ▲ GGNN A6: GGNN A6 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 37 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C6: N C6 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 38 ▲ 0, 1 M6: N M6 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 39 ▲ ±115.00 % or R6: NNNNNN R6 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 40 ▲ 0, 1 Y6: N Y6 Comparison result output ★ 41 ▲ GGNN A7: GGNN A7 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 42 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C7: N C7 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 M7: N M7 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 44 ▲ ±115.00 % or R7: NNNNNN R7 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 45 ▲ 0, 1 Y7: N Y7 Comparison result output ★ 46 ▲ GGNN A8: GGNN A8 Input connection terminal (no connection allowed) GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 47 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 C8: N C8 Command (0: none, 1: larger, 2: equal, 3: smaller) ★ 48 ▲ 0, 1 M8: N M8 Mode (reference signal type) (0: % value, 1: connection terminal GGNN) ★ 49 ▲ ±115.00 % or R8: NNNNNN R8 Reference signal (% value or connection terminal) GGNN GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. 50 ▲ 0, 1 Y8: N Y8 Comparison result output
83SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
89 Annunciator 89ABBR: ANN
General Description: Annunciator block for alarm.1. Discrete input mode• Normally Open (N.O.): Abnormality when the contact is turned on. ➔ Lamp starts blinking.• Normally Closed (N.C.): Abnormality when the contact is turned off. ➔ Lamp starts blinking.
2. Alarm mode• Non-Latching: If the discrete input is back to normal, the lamp stops blinking and the buzzer sound turns off even before
the Acknowledge button is turned on.• Latching: Even after the discrete input is back to normal, the lamp continues blinking and the buzzer sound continues until
the Acknowledge button is turned on.• Double-Latching: Even after the discrete input is back to normal, the lamp continues blinking and the buzzer sound continues
until the Acknowledge button is turned on. When the Acknowledge button is pressed after the discrete input has been back to normal, the lamp remains on (continuously) until the Lamp Reset button is pressed.
01Discrete Input
S1 21Lamp Output
Y1
02S2 22 Y2
10S10 30 Y10
16S16 36 Y16
17Acknowledge Button
PB
18Lamp Test Button
LT
19Lamp Reset Button
(needed with double-latching type)
LR
37Alarm Buzzer
BZ
BZ
PB
Yn
Sn
■ ALARM OPERATION
Blinking Continuously ON
BZ
PB
Yn
Sn
LATCHING TYPE
BZ
LR
PB
Yn
Sn
DOUBLE-LATCHING TYPE
BZ
PB
Yn
Sn
NON-LATCHING TYPE
Lamp output Yn resetting by lamp reset button LR is valid only when Sn input is in normal status.
84SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
3. First-out functionFirst-out function is used to find the discrete contact signal which turned first among several.The lamp for the one which turned in the first computation cycle blinks though the lamps for the others which turned in the following computation cycles are continuously on. When the Acknowledge button is pressed, the lamp for the first one stops blinking.When a new series of alarm is triggered, the lamps changes status according to the First-Out function.This function is available for Latching and Double-Latching alarm modes.
4. Communication terminal assignment of the I/O contacts.• Discrete inputs/lamp outputs can be assigned in 16-point unit to a Di Receive Terminal or Do Send Terminal.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 89 MD: 89 ANNUNCIATOR (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ 0, 1 SM: N Discrete input mode (0: N.O., 1: N.C.) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1, 2 MD: N Alarm mode (0: non-latching, 1: latching, 2: double-latching) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 FO: N First-Out (0: without, 1: with) ◆ ★ 14 ▲ 1 – 64 CP: NN Lamp ON-OFF time (multiple of computation cycle) ★ 15 ▲ 00, 11 – 26 SN: NN Group No. of Communication Terminal for discrete inputs
(S1 – S16) (00: without) ★ 16 ▲ 0, 1 SP: N Assigned group of Communication Terminal for discrete inputs
(S1 – S16) (0: 1 – 16, 1: 17 – 32) ★ 17 ▲ 0, 1 SS: N Assignment of pushbutton input to Communication Terminal
(0: without, 1: with) (Remark 1) ★ 18 ▲ 00, 11 – 26 YN: NN Group No. of Communication Terminal for discrete outputs
(Y1 – Y16) (00: without) ★ 19 ▲ 0, 1 YP: N Assigned group of Communication Terminal for discrete outputs
(Y1 – Y16) (0: 1 – 16, 1: 17 – 32) ★ 20 ▲ 0, 1 YS: N Assignment of buzzer output to Communication Terminal (0: without, 1: with) (Remark 2) 21 ▲ 0, 1 01: N S 1 Discrete input indication 22 ▲ 0, 1 02: N S 2 : : : : : : : : : : : : : 30 ▲ 0, 1 10: N S10 : : : : : : : 36 ▲ 0, 1 16: N S16 : 37 ▲ 0, 1 17: N Acknowledge button PB 38 ▲ 0, 1 18: N Lamp test button LT 39 ▲ 0, 1 19: N Lamp reset button LR 41 ▲ 0, 1 21: N Y 1 Lamp output indication 42 ▲ 0, 1 22: N Y 2 : : : : : : : : : : : : : 50 ▲ 0, 1 30: N Y10 : : : : : : : 56 ▲ 0, 1 36: N Y16 : 57 ▲ 0, 1 37: N Alarm buzzer sound BZ
Remark 1: With ITEM 17 ‘Assignment of pushbutton input to Communication Terminal’ set to ‘1: with’, the pushbutton is assigned to a discrete input next to S1...S16, i.e. the 17th terminal of Di Receive Terminal or Do Send Terminal. In this case, ITEM 16 must be set to ‘0: 1 – 16’.Remark 2: With ITEM 20 ‘Assignment of buzzer output to Communication Terminal’ set to ‘1: with’, the buzzer is assigned to a lamp output next to Y1...Y16, i.e. the 17th terminal of Do Send Terminal. In this case, ITEM 19 must be set to ‘0: 1 – 16’.
85SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
90 ON-OFF Timer 90ABBR: TMC
General DescriptionThe discrete output Y1 is turned on/off repeatedly in the preset time duration.• The minimum duration is 0.1 second, provided it is longer than the computation cycle.• While Run SW S1 is set to ‘1’, the Y1 is turned on/off repeatedly.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0 – 10000 OT: NNNNN Elapsed ON time count 04 ▲ 0 – 10000 FT: NNNNN Elapsed OFF time count 05 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Run SW (1: run) 06 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Discrete output ★ 10 ▲ 90 MD: 90 ON-OFF TIMER (model) ‘-’ to clear.◆ ★ 11 ▲ 0 – 10000 ON: NNNNN ON time setting◆ ★ 12 ▲ 0 – 10000 OF: NNNNN OFF time setting ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 TU: N TU Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour, 3: 0.1 sec)
ITEM 11
01
Output
Run SWS1
11Discrete Output
Y1
Run SW
Y1OFF
ON
S1
ITEM 12
RepeatON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
86SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
91 Timer 91ABBR: TMR
General DescriptionUsed to count number of pulse rises of the internal clock (every 0.1 sec.) and output Complete status signal Y1 ON (‘1’) when it reaches the setpoint.The counter can be started by turning on the S1 to ‘1’, and be reset by turning it off (‘0’). Counting is halted when the S2 is set to ‘1’.The minimum resolution when the time unit (TU) is set to ‘seconds’ is equal to the computation cycle. When the cycle is 0.12 second, the minimum resolution will be 0.25 second.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0 – 10000 MT: NNNNN MT Elapsed time count 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Count SW (0: reset, 1: count) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Interrupt SW (1: interrupt) 06 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Complete status ★ 10 ▲ 91 MD: 91 TIMER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ◆ ★ 11 ▲ 0 – 10000 Y: NNNNN Y Time setting ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3 TU: N TU Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hour, 3: 0.1 sec)
22Time Setting
Y
21Time Count
MT
SET VALUE
Count SW
Interrupt SW
S1
S2
Complete Y1
ON OFF
Reached
01
S1 (Count)
02
S2 (Interrupt)
11
Y1 (Complete)
ITEM 11
INTERRUPTED
87SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
92 Counter 92ABBR: CTR
General DescriptionUsed to count number of pulse rises of input signal while Run SW S1 is on (‘1’). When it reaches the setpoint, it outputs Complete status signal Y1 ON (‘1’).The Y1 signal is reset by turning off the S1 (‘0’).
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 0 – 10000 MT: NNNNN MT Count value 04 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Run SW (0: reset, 1: run) 05 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Pulse input SW 06 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Complete status ★ 10 ▲ 92 MD: 92 COUNTER (model) ‘-’ to clear. ◆ ★ 11 ▲ 0 – 10000 SC: NNNNN SC Count setting
22Setting
SC
21Measuring Value
MT
SET VALUE
Run
Pulse
S1
S2
Complete Y1
ON OFF
01
S1 (Run)
02
S2 (Pulse)
11
Y1 (Complete)
Reached
ITEM 11
88SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
93 Internal Switch 93ABBR: ISW
General DescriptionThe block is used in a sequential control to store calculation status of a logic calculation in progress.
GROUP [30 – 61] ◆: Automatically changeable parameters ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ★ 10 ▲ 93 MD: 93 INTERNAL SWITCH (model) ‘-’ to clear. ◆ 11 ▲ 0, 1 01: N S1 Internal switch ◆ 12 ▲ 0, 1 02: N S2 Internal switch ◆ 13 ▲ 0, 1 03: N S3 Internal switch ◆ 14 ▲ 0, 1 04: N S4 Internal switch ◆ 15 ▲ 0, 1 05: N S5 Internal switch ◆ 16 ▲ 0, 1 06: N S6 Internal switch ◆ 17 ▲ 0, 1 07: N S7 Internal switch ◆ 18 ▲ 0, 1 08: N S8 Internal switch
01 S1
02 S2
03 S3
04 S4
05 S5
06 S6
07 S7
08 S8
89SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
94 System’s Internal Switch 94ABBR: SSW
General DescriptionThe system determines the most appropriate switch status for the user’s application.
GROUP [80] ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 10 ▲ 94 MD: 94 SYSTEM’S INTERNAL SWITCH (model) ‘-’ to clear. 11 IND 0, 1 01: N S1 ‘1’ with cold start 12 IND 0, 1 02: N S2 ‘1’ with hot start 13 IND 1 03: 1 S3 Always ‘1’ 14 IND 0 04: 0 S4 Always ‘0’ 15 IND 0, 1 05: N S5 ‘0’ / ‘1’ repeated every 0.5 second 16 IND 0, 1 06: N S6 ‘0’ / ‘1’ repeated every 1 second 17 IND 0, 1 07: N S7 ‘1’ for the period of one computation cycle after start-up 18 IND 0, 1 08: N S8 Reserved for the system
Note: The System’s Internal Switch block, registered in Group 80 at default setting, cannot be deleted.
01 S1
02 S2
03 S3
04 S4
05 S5
06 S6
07 S7
08 S8
(‘1’ with cold start)
(‘1’ with hot start)
(Always ‘1’)
(Always ‘0’)
(‘0’ / ‘1’ repeated every 0.5 sec.)
(‘0’ / ‘1’ repeated every 1 sec.)
(‘1’ for the period of one computation cycle after start-up)
(Not used)
90SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
MODEL NO. BLOCK NAME MODEL NO.
95 Sequential Control Program 95ABBR: SEQ
General Description The block is used for relay sequence control and step sequence control by utilizing sequence commands.
GROUP [81 – 92] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 03 ▲ 00 – 19 ST: NN Step No. 04 ▲ 0 – 999 s TS: NNN Step timer setting 05 ▲ 0 – 999 s TM: NNN Elapsed step timer count 06 ▲ 0, 1 S1: N S1 Run SW 07 ▲ 0, 1 S2: N S2 Cancel ‘go to next step’ SW 08 ▲ 0, 1 Y1: N Y1 Step timer complete status ★ 10 ▲ 95 MD: 95 SEQUENTIAL CONTROL PROGRAM (model) ‘-’ to clear. ★ 11 ▲ CCGGNN 13: 0000 Sequence command (Step Command for ITEM 11) ★ 12 ▲ CCGGNN CC: GGNN : : : : : : CC: Command : : : : : GG: Group No. ★ 99 ▲ CCGGNN CC: GGNN : NN: Terminal No.
21 X0
01
S1 (Run)
02
S2 (Cancel ‘Go to Next Step’)Always ‘1’ for Group 81.Turn this SW to ‘1’ via a sequence program of another Group for Group 82 – 92.
11
Y1 (Step Timer Complete)
SEQUENCE COMMANDS
C C G G N N••••
C C G GN N
Total 89 commands 0.01 – 0.19% isoutput for Step No. 0 – 19.
: Command: Group No.: Terminal No.
Step No. Output
91SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
■ Command List
FUNCTION ABBR COMMAND EXPLANATION CC GG NNEND ED 00 00 00 End of a block (described in the last ITEM)CONDITIONING COMMANDS
INPUT IN 01 GG NN The first contact in a relay circuitINPUT NOT NI 02 GG NN The first contact in a relay circuit (true in an opposite condition)AND AD 03 GG NN Series contact in a relay circuitAND NOT NA 04 GG NN Series contact in a relay circuit (true in an opposite condition)OR OR 05 GG NN Parallel contact in a relay circuitOR NOT NR 06 GG NN Parallel contact in a relay circuit (true in an opposite condition)OUTPUT COMMANDS
OUTPUT OT 07 GG NN Equivalent to a coil in a relay circuitOUTPUT NOT NO 08 GG NN Equivalent to a coil in a relay circuit (true in an opposite condition)OUTPUT ON ON 09 GG NN Equivalent to a set coil in a relay circuitOUTPUT OFF OF 10 GG NN Equivalent to a reset coil in a relay circuitOUTPUT SHOT SH 11 GG NN One-shot output in a relay circuit • Turned on for the duration of only one computation cycle. • Max. 100 types of outputs in all Groups.BRANCH COMMAND
BRANCH BR 12 GG SS If condition is true, go to a specified step in a specified block (GG: block No., SS: step No.) SS: 01 – 19
12 00 SS If condition is true, go to a specified step in the same block (GG = 00, 00 specifies the same block) SS: 01 – 19
STEP COMMAND
STEP ST 13 00 SS Declare step No. (SS: step No., 00 – 19) • Any number can be assigned for SS. Used in order from the smallest number. • SS: 00 Operates at any time (relay sequence) • SS: 01 – 19 Either one of SS’s operates (step sequence)STEP TIMER
TIMER TM 14 U NNN Step timer
Timer type 0: ON-delay timer (to the following step when completed.
A BRANCH command prevails if it comes before the time elapsed. Invalid if a BRANCH command with no condition is used.) 1: Step watch timer (Y1 = 1 when completed) Time setting (0 – 999 seconds)NOP NP 15 00 00 No control operation (used when you need to delete commands without changing other
ITEM No.s)
92SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
■ Configuration of 12 Sequential Control Blocks
LINKING BETWEEN GROUPSIf you need for your program more than available 89 commands in one Group, you can link between one Group and another. Total 1,068 commands are available if all Groups are linked.• Relay Sequence (Step 00): Results at a certain stage of sequence are written in the Internal Switch block. These results
are picked up as input to another Group so that it continues the sequence.• Step Sequence (Step 01 – 19): A Branch command is used to link with another Group. Only Steps 01 – 19 are available for
linking.
S1 (RUN SW)• The S1 for Group 81 are always set to ‘1’. The ones for Group 82 – 92 are set to ‘0’ at the start. A command from another
sequence program turn the S1 to ‘1’ when it is used.• With S1 at ‘1’, Step 00 and 01 starts operating.• With S1 at ‘0’, the operation is stopped and returns to Step 01.
S2 (cancel ‘Go to next step’ SW)• With S2 at ‘1’, the operation continues within the step currently in operation.• With S2 at ‘0’, the operation restarts where it was stopped.• In a step sequence, the S2 is turned to ‘1’ when the operation is branched to another Group.• In a step sequence, the S2 is turned to ‘0’ before the operation is branched to another Group if the S2 of this another group
is set to ‘1’.
STEP 00
STEP 01
STEP 02
Step Sequence
Relay Sequence
STEPs in a GROUP(89 commands, 00 – 19 steps)
GROUP CONFIGURATION(12 groups)
COMMANDs in a STEP
STEP 19
END
G81
G82
G92
STEP 00
93SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
■ Example of Sequence Control Program
■ Processing a Logic Operation Command without Input AddressConditioning commands without input (GGNN = 0000) address are used in case of the following:Max. 8 INPUT, INPUT NOT commands can be used in series. Operations between registers are executed in order from the last programmed register No.
INPUT
00 Declaring STEP 00. Used always.
Describing Terminal No. (e.g. )
AND OUTPUT
INPUT
STEP
S1
OR S2
AND S3
OUTPUT Y1
END END command at the end of ITEM.
N
0
N
N
N
0
N
0
N
N
N
0
G
0
G
G
G
0
G
0
G
G
G
0
01
13
05
03
07
00
12
11
DATAITEM
13
14
15
16
S1 S3
S2
Y1
OR
1110
INPUT S1 Input to Register 11
INPUT S2 Input to Register 22
OR S3 OR Operation with Register 23
AND 0000 AND Operation between Register 1 and 24
OUTPUT Y1 Output the Result to Y15
6
7
8
Ring Type Resistor
S1 S2
S3
Y1
94SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
■ Operation Example within One Step
NEXT STEP
(1) 1 step command
PREVIOUS STEP
STEP COMMAND
NEXT STEP
...Only 1 command
... Output ON for example
(Go to next after 1 computation cycle.)
(2) 1 step timer
PREVIOUS STEP
STEP TIMER COMPLETED?
NEXT STEP
STEP
...Only 1 timer
YES (Go to next when completed.)
(3) Step with output only
PREVIOUS STEP
OUTPUT COMMAND
NEXT STEP
STEP
...Only 1 output
(Go to next after output.)
(4) Step with conditioning only
PREVIOUS STEP
CONDITION COMMAND
NEXT STEP
STEP
YES (Go to next when condition is met.)
NO
(5) Describing condition after output
PREVIOUS STEP
CONDITION COMMAND
NEXT STEP
STEP
OUTPUT COMMAND
YES (Go to next when condition is met.)
NO
... Output ON for example
(6) Describing output after conditioning
PREVIOUS STEP
CONDITION COMMAND
OUTPUT COMMAND
STEP
YES
CONDITION COMMAND
OUTPUT COMMAND
NEXT STEP
YES (Output when the last condition in the Step is met, and go to next.)
NO
NO
(7) Branching with multiple conditions
PREVIOUS STEP
CONDITION COMMAND
BRANCH COMMAND
STEP
YES
To specified Group or Step
CONDITION COMMAND
YES
NO
NO
95SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR MODEL NO. I/O TYPEF70 SC100 Ai 6 + Ao 4 + Di/Pi 6 + Do 6 Field Terminal Extension Field Terminal 1 Extension Field Terminal 2F71 SC200 Ai 6 + Ao 4 + Di/Pi 6 + Do 6 Field Terminal Extension Field Terminal 1 Extension Field Terminal 2F72 SC110 Ai 6 + Ao 4 + Di/Pi 6 + Do 6 Field Terminal Extension Field Terminal 1 Extension Field Terminal 2F73 SC210 Ai 6 + Ao 4 + Di/Pi 6 + Do 6 Field Terminal Extension Field Terminal 1 Extension Field Terminal 2F24 SML-A4 Di 8F25 SML-C7 Do 8F25 SML-C8 Do 8F26 SML-E5 Di 4 + Do 4F27 SML-G3 Ai 8F28 SML-G4 Ai 4F29 SML-M4 Ao 4F14 SML-P4 Pi 4F31 SML-R3 Ai 4 + Ao 4F32 SML-S5 Ai 4 + Di 4F33 SML-S6 Ao 4 + Do 4
3. FIELD TERMINAL BLOCKS
96SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F70 SC100 Field Terminal F70
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error)
Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 included 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) INDICATION
★ 11 ▲ 2, 3 GR: 2 Primary loop Group No. (valid after reset) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N Primary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N Secondary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 1F: 3121 FN1 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 1H: 15000 FN1 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 17 ▲ ±32000 1L: 0 FN1 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1D: 1 FN1 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2F: GGNN FN2 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 2H: NNNNN FN2 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 2L: NNNNN FN2 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2D: N FN2 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 3F: GGNN FN3 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 24 ▲ ±32000 3H: NNNNN FN3 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 25 ▲ ±32000 3L: NNNNN FN3 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 26 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3D: N FN3 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 27 ▲ GGNN 4F: GGNN FN4 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 28 ▲ ±32000 4H: NNNNN FN4 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 29 ▲ ±32000 4L: NNNNN FN4 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 30 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 4D: N FN4 decimal point position (from rightmost digit)
ITEM 19
AL2 Lamp Output02
FN2 Indication
ITEM 15FN1 Indication
ITEM 23FN3 Indication
ITEM 27FN4 Indication
AL1 Lamp Output01
AL4 Lamp Output04
AL3 Lamp Output
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW 03
10
09
12
11
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW
06
05
08
07
Primary Loop
Secondary Loop
97SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 31 ▲ alphanumeric T1: XXX...X FN1 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 32 ▲ alphanumeric T2: XXX...X FN2 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 33 ▲ alphanumeric T3: XXX...X FN3 tag name (max. 10 characters)★ 34 ▲ alphanumeric T4: XXX...X FN4 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 35 ▲ alphanumeric U1: XXX...X FN1 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 36 ▲ alphanumeric U2: XXX...X FN2 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 37 ▲ alphanumeric U3: XXX...X FN3 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 38 ▲ alphanumeric U4: XXX...X FN4 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) 39 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N AL1 lamp output 40 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N AL2 lamp output 41 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N AL3 lamp output 42 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N AL4 lamp output ★ 43 ▲ alphanumeric L1: XXXX AL1 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 44 ▲ alphanumeric L2: XXXX AL2 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 45 ▲ alphanumeric L3: XXXX AL3 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 46 ▲ alphanumeric L4: XXXX AL4 comment (max. 4 characters) CONTROL
Primary Loop 51 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 53 ▲❄ 0, 1 07: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 54 ▲❄ 0, 1 08: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Secondary Loop 55 ▲❄ 0, 1 09: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 56 ▲❄ 0, 1 10: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 57 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 58 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Common Items 61 ▲ 0, 1 21: 0 SP UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
62 ▲ 0, 1 22: 0 SP DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
63 ▲ 0, 1 23: 0 MV UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
64 ▲ 0, 1 24: 0 MV DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
★ 71 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding SP UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
★ 72 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding MV UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
Remark 1: ITEM 61 – 64: Please perform button operations with two times more than computation cycle.Remark 2: ITEM 61 – 64: Obtains button operation status regardless of screen functions such as A/M and C/L.
98SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F70 SC100 Extension Field Terminal 1 F70
ITEM 25Mv 1
Mv 1 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Check Input
13
27
CHECK
4 – 20mA
ITEM 26Mv 2
Mv 2 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Check Input
14
28
21
CHECK
4 – 20mA
Pv 1
Pv 1 Error Contact Output
Pv 1 Input
11CHECK
universal
23Ai 1 Ai 1 Input1 – 5V
24Ai 2 Ai 2 Input1 – 5V
25Ai 3 Ai 3 Input1 – 5V
26Ai 4 Ai 4 Input1 – 5V
22Pv 2
Pv 2 Error Contact Output
Pv 2 Input
12CHECK
universal
ITEM 27Ao 1 Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5VITEM 28
Ao 2 Ao 2 Connection Terminal1 – 5V
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
ITEM 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 30, 31
ITEM 32, 33
4–
3+
6–
5+
9–
8+
7+
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ao COM
52–
51+
50+
49+
48+
Ai COM
43
44
42A1
B1
C1
46
47
45A2
B2
C2
99SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [04] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 12 MD: 12 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Pv 1 input 12 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Pv 2 input 13 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 1 input 14 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 2 input 15 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 25: NNN.NN Ai 3 input 16 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 26: NNN.NN Ai 4 input 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 27: NNN.NN Mv 1 check input 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 28: NNN.NN Mv 2 check input 19 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 29: NNN.NNUnit Pv 1 input in engineering unit value 20 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 30: NNN.NNUnit Pv 2 input in engineering unit value ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV1: NNN.NN Mv 1 output 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV2: NNN.NN Mv 2 output 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO1: NNN.NN Ao 1 output 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO2: NNN.NN Ao 2 output ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL
★ 25 ▲ GGNN M1#: 0225 Mv 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 26 ▲ GGNN M2#: 0225 Mv 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 27 ▲ GGNN A1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 28 ▲ GGNN A2#: 0225 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
PV / MV SETTING
★ 30 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH1: NNN.NN Pv 1 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 31 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL1: NNN.NN Pv 1 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 32 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH2: NNN.NN Pv 2 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL2: NNN.NN Pv 2 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 34 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML1: NNN.NN Mv 1 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML2: NNN.NN Mv 2 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 36 ▲ MM TP1: MM Pv 1 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM37...39 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 37 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 upper range temperature ★ 38 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 lower range temperature ★ 39 ▲ 0, 1 CJ1: N Pv 1 cold junction compensation (0: Without, 1: With)
100SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 40 ▲ MM TP2: MM Pv 2 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM41...43 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 41 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 upper range temperature ★ 42 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 lower range temperature ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 CJ2: N Pv 2 cold junction compensation (0: without, 1: with) 44 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N Pv 1 error contact output 45 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N Pv 2 error contact output 46 ▲❄ 0, 1 13: N Mv 1 error contact output 47 ▲❄ 0, 1 14: N Mv 2 error contact output ANALOG I/O ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ1: 0.00 Pv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias)★ 51 ▲ ±3.2000 PS1: 1.0000 Pv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ2: 0.00 Pv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 53 ▲ ±3.2000 PS2: 1.0000 Pv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 55 ▲ ±3.2000 MS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 56 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 57 ▲ ±3.2000 MS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 58 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ1: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 59 ▲ ±3.2000 IS1: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 60 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ2: 0.00 Ai 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 61 ▲ ±3.2000 IS2: 1.0000 Ai 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 62 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ3: 0.00 Ai 3 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 63 ▲ ±3.2000 IS3: 1.0000 Ai 3 span adjustment (gain) ★ 64 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ4: 0.00 Ai 4 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 65 ▲ ±3.2000 IS4: 1.0000 Ai 4 span adjustment (gain) ★ 66 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 67 ▲ ±3.2000 CS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 68 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 69 ▲ ±3.2000 CS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ1: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 71 ▲ ±3.2000 OS1: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 72 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ2: 0.00 Ao 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 73 ▲ ±3.2000 OS2: 1.0000 Ao 2 span adjustment (gain)
101SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F70 SC100 Extension Field Terminal 2 F70
Do 1
11
12
13
14
Di 1 / Pi 1 Di 1 Input
Di 2 / Pi 2 Di 2 Input
Di 3 / Pi 3 Di 3 Input
Di 4 / Pi 4
Di 5 / Pi 5
Di 6 / Pi 6
Di 4 Input
15
01
Do 2 02
Do 3 03
Do 4 04
Do 5 05
RUN Output 06
Di 5 Input
16 Di 6 Input
Do 1 Output
Do 2 Output
Do 3 Output
Do 4 Output
Do 5 Output
RUN Contact Output Forced OFF
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
21 Qi 1 Accumulated Count Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
CONT
ACT I
NPUT
/ LO
W FR
EQUE
NCY
PULS
E INP
UT S
ETTI
NG
22 Qi 2 Accumulated Count Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
23 Qi 3 Accumulated Count Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
24 Qi 4 Accumulated Count Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
25 Qi 5 Accumulated Count Input
35 QA 5 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
26 Qi 6 Accumulated Count Input
36 QA 6 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSIONMOVING AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
RUN JUDG. LOGIC
High FrequencyPulse Input
35+
34+
36+
37+
38+
+
39–COM
32
33
31EXC
INPUT
COM
17
16
19
18
25
24
11
10
21
20
23
22
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 31
ITEM 33, 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 36, 37
ITEM 38
ITEM 39, 40
ITEM 41
ITEM 42, 43
ITEM 44
ITEM 45, 46
ITEM 47
ITEM 48, 49
ITEM 32
ITEM 50
SC 1.40
102SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [05] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 13 MD: 13 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 11: N or Di 1 input indication or 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated count indication 12 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 12: N or Di 2 input indication or 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Qi 2 accumulated count indication 13 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 13: N or Di 3 input indication or 0 – 9999 23: NNNN Qi 3 accumulated count indication 14 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 14: N or Di 4 input indication or 0 – 9999 24: NNNN Qi 4 accumulated count indication 15 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 15: N or Di 5 input indication or 0 – 9999 25: NNNN Qi 5 accumulated count indication 16 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 16: N or Di 6 input indication or 0 – 9999 26: NNNN Qi 6 accumulated count indication 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value indication 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 32: NNN.NN QA 2 momentary value indication 19 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 33: NNN.NN QA 3 momentary value indication 20 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 34: NNN.NN QA 4 momentary value indication 21 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 35: NNN.NN QA 5 momentary value indication 22 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 36: NNN.NN QA 6 momentary value indication DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
23 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 output indication 24 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 output indication 25 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 output indication 26 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 output indication 27 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 output indication 28 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N RUN contact output forced OFF (1: OFF) PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 31 ▲ PD: NNNNN Di/Pi selection (0 = Di, 1 = Pi) (100 : Di 1, 101 : Di 2, 102 : Di 3, 103 : Di 4, 104 : Di 5) (Remark 1) Di 6 is specified in ITEM 52
★ 32 ▲ 1-16 KR: NN Pi moving average sample number for momentary value conversion ★ 33 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 34 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 36 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 37 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 38 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 39 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 QA 3 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 40 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 41 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN Qi 3 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input)
103SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 42 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 43 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor ★ 44 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D5: -1 Qi 5 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 46 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S5: N.NNNN Qi 5 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K5: NNNNN.NN QA 5 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 48 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D6: -1 Qi 6 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 49 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S6: N.NNNN Qi 6 scaling factor ★ 50 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K6: NNNNN.NN QA 6 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) DISCRETE OUTPUT SETTING
★ 51 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Abnormality contact output mode (0: Normal, 1: All contact outputs OFF at RUN contact OFF)
HIGH SPEED PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6) SC 1.40
Remark 1: ITEM 31: Di/Pi selectionPulse outputs become undefined when ‘Di’ is selected; while discrete outputs become undefined when ‘Pi’ is selected.
104SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F71 SC200 Field Terminal F71
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error)
Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 included 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) INDICATION
★ 11 ▲ 2, 3 GR: 2 Primary loop Group No. (valid after reset) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N Primary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N Secondary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 1F: 3121 FN1 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 1H: 15000 FN1 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 17 ▲ ±32000 1L: 0 FN1 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1D: 1 FN1 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2F: GGNN FN2 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 2H: NNNNN FN2 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 2L: NNNNN FN2 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2D: N FN2 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 3F: GGNN FN3 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 24 ▲ ±32000 3H: NNNNN FN3 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 25 ▲ ±32000 3L: NNNNN FN3 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 26 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3D: N FN3 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 27 ▲ GGNN 4F: GGNN FN4 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 28 ▲ ±32000 4H: NNNNN FN4 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 29 ▲ ±32000 4L: NNNNN FN4 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 30 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 4D: N FN4 decimal point position (from rightmost digit)
ITEM 19
AL2 Lamp Output02
FN2 Indication
ITEM 15FN1 Indication
ITEM 23FN3 Indication
ITEM 27FN4 Indication
AL1 Lamp Output01
AL4 Lamp Output04
AL3 Lamp Output
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW 03
10
09
12
11
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW
06
05
08
07
Primary Loop
Secondary Loop
105SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 31 ▲ alphanumeric T1: XXX...X FN1 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 32 ▲ alphanumeric T2: XXX...X FN2 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 33 ▲ alphanumeric T3: XXX...X FN3 tag name (max. 10 characters)★ 34 ▲ alphanumeric T4: XXX...X FN4 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 35 ▲ alphanumeric U1: XXX...X FN1 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 36 ▲ alphanumeric U2: XXX...X FN2 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 37 ▲ alphanumeric U3: XXX...X FN3 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 38 ▲ alphanumeric U4: XXX...X FN4 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) 39 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N AL1 lamp output 40 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N AL2 lamp output 41 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N AL3 lamp output 42 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N AL4 lamp output ★ 43 ▲ alphanumeric L1: XXXX AL1 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 44 ▲ alphanumeric L2: XXXX AL2 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 45 ▲ alphanumeric L3: XXXX AL3 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 46 ▲ alphanumeric L4: XXXX AL4 comment (max. 4 characters) CONTROL (Remark 1) Primary Loop 51 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 53 ▲❄ 0, 1 07: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 54 ▲❄ 0, 1 08: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Secondary Loop 55 ▲❄ 0, 1 09: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 56 ▲❄ 0, 1 10: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 57 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 58 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Common Items 61 ▲ 0, 1 21: 0 SP UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
62 ▲ 0, 1 22: 0 SP DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
63 ▲ 0, 1 23: 0 MV UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
64 ▲ 0, 1 24: 0 MV DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
★ 71 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding SP UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
★ 72 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding MV UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
Remark 1: Control by a host device connected via Modbus prevails the local setting.Remark 2: ITEM 61 – 64: Please perform button operations with two times more than computation cycle.Remark 3: ITEM 61 – 64: Obtains button operation status regardless of screen functions such as A/M and C/L.
106SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F71 SC200 Extension Field Terminal 1 F71
ITEM 25Mv 1
Mv 1 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Check Input
13
27
CHECK
4 – 20mA
ITEM 26Mv 2
Mv 2 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Check Input
14
28
21
CHECK
4 – 20mA
Pv 1
Pv 1 Error Contact Output
Pv 1 Input
11CHECK
universal
23Ai 1 Ai 1 Input1 – 5V
24Ai 2 Ai 2 Input1 – 5V
25Ai 3 Ai 3 Input1 – 5V
26Ai 4 Ai 4 Input1 – 5V
22Pv 2
Pv 2 Error Contact Output
Pv 2 Input
12CHECK
universal
ITEM 27Ao 1 Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5VITEM 28
Ao 2 Ao 2 Connection Terminal1 – 5V
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
ITEM 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 30, 31
ITEM 32, 33
4–
3+
6–
5+
9–
8+
7+
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ao COM
52–
51+
50+
49+
48+
Ai COM
43
44
42A1
B1
C1
46
47
45A2
B2
C2
107SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [04] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 12 MD: 12 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Pv 1 input 12 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Pv 2 input 13 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 1 input 14 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 2 input 15 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 25: NNN.NN Ai 3 input 16 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 26: NNN.NN Ai 4 input 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 27: NNN.NN Mv 1 check input 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 28: NNN.NN Mv 2 check input 19 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 29: NNN.NNUnit Pv 1 input in engineering unit value 20 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 30: NNN.NNUnit Pv 2 input in engineering unit value ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV1: NNN.NN Mv 1 output 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV2: NNN.NN Mv 2 output 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO1: NNN.NN Ao 1 output 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO2: NNN.NN Ao 2 output ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL
★ 25 ▲ GGNN M1#: 0225 Mv 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 26 ▲ GGNN M2#: 0225 Mv 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 27 ▲ GGNN A1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 28 ▲ GGNN A2#: 0225 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
PV / MV SETTING
★ 30 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH1: NNN.NN Pv 1 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 31 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL1: NNN.NN Pv 1 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 32 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH2: NNN.NN Pv 2 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL2: NNN.NN Pv 2 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 34 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML1: NNN.NN Mv 1 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML2: NNN.NN Mv 2 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 36 ▲ MM TP1: MM Pv 1 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM37...39 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 37 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 upper range temperature ★ 38 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 lower range temperature ★ 39 ▲ 0, 1 CJ1: N Pv 1 cold junction compensation (0: Without, 1: With)
108SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 40 ▲ MM TP2: MM Pv 2 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM41...43 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 41 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 upper range temperature ★ 42 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 lower range temperature ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 CJ2: N Pv 2 cold junction compensation (0: without, 1: with) 44 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N Pv 1 error contact output 45 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N Pv 2 error contact output 46 ▲❄ 0, 1 13: N Mv 1 error contact output 47 ▲❄ 0, 1 14: N Mv 2 error contact output ANALOG I/O ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ1: 0.00 Pv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias)★ 51 ▲ ±3.2000 PS1: 1.0000 Pv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ2: 0.00 Pv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 53 ▲ ±3.2000 PS2: 1.0000 Pv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 55 ▲ ±3.2000 MS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 56 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 57 ▲ ±3.2000 MS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 58 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ1: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 59 ▲ ±3.2000 IS1: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 60 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ2: 0.00 Ai 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 61 ▲ ±3.2000 IS2: 1.0000 Ai 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 62 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ3: 0.00 Ai 3 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 63 ▲ ±3.2000 IS3: 1.0000 Ai 3 span adjustment (gain) ★ 64 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ4: 0.00 Ai 4 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 65 ▲ ±3.2000 IS4: 1.0000 Ai 4 span adjustment (gain) ★ 66 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 67 ▲ ±3.2000 CS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 68 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 69 ▲ ±3.2000 CS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ1: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 71 ▲ ±3.2000 OS1: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 72 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ2: 0.00 Ao 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 73 ▲ ±3.2000 OS2: 1.0000 Ao 2 span adjustment (gain)
109SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F71 SC200 Extension Field Terminal 2 F71
Do 1
11
12
13
14
Di 1 / Pi 1 Di 1 Input
Di 2 / Pi 2 Di 2 Input
Di 3 / Pi 3 Di 3 Input
Di 4 / Pi 4
Di 5 / Pi 5
Di 6 / Pi 6
Di 4 Input
15
01
Do 2 02
Do 3 03
Do 4 04
Do 5 05
RUN Output 06
Di 5 Input
16 Di 6 Input
Do 1 Output
Do 2 Output
Do 3 Output
Do 4 Output
Do 5 Output
RUN Contact Output Forced OFF
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
21 Qi 1 Accumulated Count Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
CONT
ACT I
NPUT
/ LO
W FR
EQUE
NCY
PULS
E INP
UT S
ETTI
NG
22 Qi 2 Accumulated Count Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
23 Qi 3 Accumulated Count Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
24 Qi 4 Accumulated Count Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
25 Qi 5 Accumulated Count Input
35 QA 5 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
26 Qi 6 Accumulated Count Input
36 QA 6 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSIONMOVING AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
RUN JUDG. LOGIC
High FrequencyPulse Input
35+
34+
36+
37+
38+
+
39–COM
32
33
31EXC
INPUT
COM
17
16
19
18
25
24
11
10
21
20
23
22
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 31
ITEM 33, 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 36, 37
ITEM 38
ITEM 39, 40
ITEM 41
ITEM 42, 43
ITEM 44
ITEM 45, 46
ITEM 47
ITEM 48, 49
ITEM 32
ITEM 50
SC 1.40
110SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [05] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 13 MD: 13 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 11: N or Di 1 input indication or 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated count indication 12 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 12: N or Di 2 input indication or 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Qi 2 accumulated count indication 13 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 13: N or Di 3 input indication or 0 – 9999 23: NNNN Qi 3 accumulated count indication 14 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 14: N or Di 4 input indication or 0 – 9999 24: NNNN Qi 4 accumulated count indication 15 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 15: N or Di 5 input indication or 0 – 9999 25: NNNN Qi 5 accumulated count indication 16 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 16: N or Di 6 input indication or 0 – 9999 26: NNNN Qi 6 accumulated count indication 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value indication 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 32: NNN.NN QA 2 momentary value indication 19 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 33: NNN.NN QA 3 momentary value indication 20 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 34: NNN.NN QA 4 momentary value indication 21 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 35: NNN.NN QA 5 momentary value indication 22 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 36: NNN.NN QA 6 momentary value indication DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
23 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 output indication 24 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 output indication 25 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 output indication 26 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 output indication 27 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 output indication 28 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N RUN contact output forced OFF (1: OFF) PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 31 ▲ PD: NNNNN Di/Pi selection (0 = Di, 1 = Pi) (100 : Di 1, 101 : Di 2, 102 : Di 3, 103 : Di 4, 104 : Di 5) (Remark 1) Di 6 is specified in ITEM 52
★ 32 ▲ 1-16 KR: NN Pi moving average sample number for momentary value conversion ★ 33 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 34 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 36 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 37 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 38 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 39 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Qi 3 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 40 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 41 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN QA 3 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input)
111SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 42 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 43 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor ★ 44 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D5: -1 Qi 5 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 46 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S5: N.NNNN Qi 5 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K5: NNNNN.NN QA 5 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 48 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D6: -1 Qi 6 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 49 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S6: N.NNNN Qi 6 scaling factor ★ 50 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K6: NNNNN.NN QA 6 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) DISCRETE OUTPUT SETTING
★ 51 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Abnormality contact output mode (0: Normal, 1: All contact outputs OFF at RUN contact OFF)
HIGH SPEED PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6) SC 1.40
Remark 1: ITEM 31: Di/Pi selectionPulse outputs become undefined when ‘Di’ is selected; while discrete outputs become undefined when ‘Pi’ is selected.
112SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F91 SC200W Field Terminal F91
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error)
Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 included 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) INDICATION
★ 11 ▲ 2, 3 GR: 2 Primary loop Group No. (valid after reset) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N Primary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N Secondary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 1F: 3121 FN1 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 1H: 15000 FN1 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 17 ▲ ±32000 1L: 0 FN1 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1D: 1 FN1 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2F: GGNN FN2 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 2H: NNNNN FN2 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 2L: NNNNN FN2 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2D: N FN2 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 3F: GGNN FN3 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 24 ▲ ±32000 3H: NNNNN FN3 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 25 ▲ ±32000 3L: NNNNN FN3 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 26 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3D: N FN3 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 27 ▲ GGNN 4F: GGNN FN4 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 28 ▲ ±32000 4H: NNNNN FN4 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 29 ▲ ±32000 4L: NNNNN FN4 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 30 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 4D: N FN4 decimal point position (from rightmost digit)
ITEM 19
AL2 Lamp Output02
FN2 Indication
ITEM 15FN1 Indication
ITEM 23FN3 Indication
ITEM 27FN4 Indication
AL1 Lamp Output01
AL4 Lamp Output04
AL3 Lamp Output
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW 03
10
09
12
11
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW
06
05
08
07
Primary Loop
Secondary Loop
113SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 31 ▲ alphanumeric T1: XXX...X FN1 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 32 ▲ alphanumeric T2: XXX...X FN2 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 33 ▲ alphanumeric T3: XXX...X FN3 tag name (max. 10 characters)★ 34 ▲ alphanumeric T4: XXX...X FN4 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 35 ▲ alphanumeric U1: XXX...X FN1 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 36 ▲ alphanumeric U2: XXX...X FN2 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 37 ▲ alphanumeric U3: XXX...X FN3 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 38 ▲ alphanumeric U4: XXX...X FN4 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) 39 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N AL1 lamp output 40 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N AL2 lamp output 41 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N AL3 lamp output 42 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N AL4 lamp output ★ 43 ▲ alphanumeric L1: XXXX AL1 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 44 ▲ alphanumeric L2: XXXX AL2 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 45 ▲ alphanumeric L3: XXXX AL3 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 46 ▲ alphanumeric L4: XXXX AL4 comment (max. 4 characters) CONTROL (Remark 1) Primary Loop 51 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 53 ▲❄ 0, 1 07: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 54 ▲❄ 0, 1 08: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Secondary Loop 55 ▲❄ 0, 1 09: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 56 ▲❄ 0, 1 10: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 57 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 58 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Common Items 61 ▲ 0, 1 21: 0 SP UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) 62 ▲ 0, 1 22: 0 SP DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) 63 ▲ 0, 1 23: 0 MV UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) 64 ▲ 0, 1 24: 0 MV DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) ★ 71 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding SP UP or DOWN button ★ 72 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding MV UP or DOWN button
Remark 1: Control by a host device connected via Modbus prevails the local setting.Remark 2: ITEM 61 – 64: Please perform button operations with two times more than computation cycle.Remark 3: ITEM 61 – 64: Obtains button operation status regardless of screen functions such as A/M and C/L.
114SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F91 SC200W Extension Field Terminal 1 F91
ITEM 25Mv 1
Mv 1 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Check Input
13
27
CHECK
4 – 20mA
ITEM 26Mv 2
Mv 2 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Check Input
14
28
21
CHECK
4 – 20mA
Pv 1
Pv 1 Error Contact Output
Pv 1 Input
11CHECK
universal
23Ai 1 Ai 1 Input1 – 5V
24Ai 2 Ai 2 Input1 – 5V
25Ai 3 Ai 3 Input1 – 5V
26Ai 4 Ai 4 Input1 – 5V
22Pv 2
Pv 2 Error Contact Output
Pv 2 Input
12CHECK
universal
ITEM 27Ao 1 Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5VITEM 28
Ao 2 Ao 2 Connection Terminal1 – 5V
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
ITEM 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 30, 31
ITEM 32, 33
4–
3+
6–
5+
9–
8+
7+
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ao COM
52–
51+
50+
49+
48+
Ai COM
43
44
42A1
B1
C1
46
47
45A2
B2
C2
115SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [04] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 12 MD: 12 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Pv 1 input 12 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Pv 2 input 13 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 1 input 14 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 2 input 15 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 25: NNN.NN Ai 3 input 16 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 26: NNN.NN Ai 4 input 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 27: NNN.NN Mv 1 check input 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 28: NNN.NN Mv 2 check input 19 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 29: NNN.NNUnit Pv 1 input in engineering unit value 20 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 30: NNN.NNUnit Pv 2 input in engineering unit value ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV1: NNN.NN Mv 1 output 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV2: NNN.NN Mv 2 output 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO1: NNN.NN Ao 1 output 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO2: NNN.NN Ao 2 output ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL
★ 25 ▲ GGNN M1#: 0225 Mv 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 26 ▲ GGNN M2#: 0225 Mv 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 27 ▲ GGNN A1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 28 ▲ GGNN A2#: 0225 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
PV / MV SETTING
★ 30 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH1: NNN.NN Pv 1 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 31 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL1: NNN.NN Pv 1 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 32 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH2: NNN.NN Pv 2 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL2: NNN.NN Pv 2 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 34 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML1: NNN.NN Mv 1 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML2: NNN.NN Mv 2 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 36 ▲ MM TP1: MM Pv 1 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM37...39 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 37 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 upper range temperature ★ 38 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 lower range temperature ★ 39 ▲ 0, 1 CJ1: N Pv 1 cold junction compensation (0: Without, 1: With)
116SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 40 ▲ MM TP2: MM Pv 2 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM41...43 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 41 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 upper range temperature ★ 42 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 lower range temperature ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 CJ2: N Pv 2 cold junction compensation (0: without, 1: with) 44 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N Pv 1 error contact output 45 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N Pv 2 error contact output 46 ▲❄ 0, 1 13: N Mv 1 error contact output 47 ▲❄ 0, 1 14: N Mv 2 error contact output ANALOG I/O ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ1: 0.00 Pv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias)★ 51 ▲ ±3.2000 PS1: 1.0000 Pv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ2: 0.00 Pv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 53 ▲ ±3.2000 PS2: 1.0000 Pv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 55 ▲ ±3.2000 MS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 56 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 57 ▲ ±3.2000 MS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 58 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ1: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 59 ▲ ±3.2000 IS1: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 60 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ2: 0.00 Ai 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 61 ▲ ±3.2000 IS2: 1.0000 Ai 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 62 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ3: 0.00 Ai 3 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 63 ▲ ±3.2000 IS3: 1.0000 Ai 3 span adjustment (gain) ★ 64 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ4: 0.00 Ai 4 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 65 ▲ ±3.2000 IS4: 1.0000 Ai 4 span adjustment (gain) ★ 66 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 67 ▲ ±3.2000 CS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 68 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 69 ▲ ±3.2000 CS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ1: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 71 ▲ ±3.2000 OS1: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 72 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ2: 0.00 Ao 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 73 ▲ ±3.2000 OS2: 1.0000 Ao 2 span adjustment (gain)
117SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F91 SC200W Extension Field Terminal 2 F91
Do 1
11
12
13
14
Di 1 / Pi 1 Di 1 Input
Di 2 / Pi 2 Di 2 Input
Di 3 / Pi 3 Di 3 Input
Di 4 / Pi 4
Di 5 / Pi 5
Di 6 / Pi 6
Di 4 Input
15
01
Do 2 02
Do 3 03
Do 4 04
Do 5 05
RUN Output 06
Di 5 Input
16 Di 6 Input
Do 1 Output
Do 2 Output
Do 3 Output
Do 4 Output
Do 5 Output
RUN Contact Output Forced OFF
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
21 Qi 1 Accumulated Count Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
CONT
ACT I
NPUT
/ LO
W FR
EQUE
NCY
PULS
E INP
UT S
ETTI
NG
22 Qi 2 Accumulated Count Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
23 Qi 3 Accumulated Count Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
24 Qi 4 Accumulated Count Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
25 Qi 5 Accumulated Count Input
35 QA 5 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
26 Qi 6 Accumulated Count Input
36 QA 6 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSIONMOVING AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
RUN JUDG. LOGIC
High FrequencyPulse Input
35+
34+
36+
37+
38+
+
39–COM
32
33
31EXC
INPUT
COM
17
16
19
18
25
24
11
10
21
20
23
22
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 31
ITEM 33, 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 36, 37
ITEM 38
ITEM 39, 40
ITEM 41
ITEM 42, 43
ITEM 44
ITEM 45, 46
ITEM 47
ITEM 48, 49
ITEM 32
ITEM 50
118SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [05] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 13 MD: 13 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 11: N or Di 1 input indication or 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated count indication 12 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 12: N or Di 2 input indication or 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Qi 2 accumulated count indication 13 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 13: N or Di 3 input indication or 0 – 9999 23: NNNN Qi 3 accumulated count indication 14 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 14: N or Di 4 input indication or 0 – 9999 24: NNNN Qi 4 accumulated count indication 15 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 15: N or Di 5 input indication or 0 – 9999 25: NNNN Qi 5 accumulated count indication 16 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 16: N or Di 6 input indication or 0 – 9999 26: NNNN Qi 6 accumulated count indication 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value indication 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 32: NNN.NN QA 2 momentary value indication 19 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 33: NNN.NN QA 3 momentary value indication 20 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 34: NNN.NN QA 4 momentary value indication 21 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 35: NNN.NN QA 5 momentary value indication 22 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 36: NNN.NN QA 6 momentary value indication DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
23 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 output indication 24 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 output indication 25 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 output indication 26 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 output indication 27 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 output indication 28 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N RUN contact output forced OFF (1: OFF) PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 31 ▲ PD: NNNNN Di/Pi selection (0 = Di, 1 = Pi) (100 : Di 1, 101 : Di 2, 102 : Di 3, 103 : Di 4, 104 : Di 5) (Remark 1) Di 6 is specified in ITEM 52
★ 32 ▲ 1-16 KR: NN Pi moving average sample number for momentary value conversion ★ 33 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 34 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 36 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 37 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 38 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 39 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Qi 3 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 40 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 41 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN QA 3 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input)
119SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 42 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 43 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor ★ 44 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D5: -1 Qi 5 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 46 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S5: N.NNNN Qi 5 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K5: NNNNN.NN QA 5 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 48 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D6: -1 Qi 6 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 49 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S6: N.NNNN Qi 6 scaling factor ★ 50 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K6: NNNNN.NN QA 6 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) DISCRETE OUTPUT SETTING
★ 51 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Abnormality contact output mode (0: Normal, 1: All contact outputs OFF at RUN contact OFF)
HIGH SPEED PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6) Remark 1: ITEM 31: Di/Pi selectionPulse outputs become undefined when ‘Di’ is selected; while discrete outputs become undefined when ‘Pi’ is selected.
120SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F72 SC110 Field Terminal F72
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error)
Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 included 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) INDICATION
★ 11 ▲ 2, 3 GR: 2 Primary loop Group No. (valid after reset) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N Primary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N Secondary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 1F: 3121 FN1 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 1H: 15000 FN1 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 17 ▲ ±32000 1L: 0 FN1 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1D: 1 FN1 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2F: GGNN FN2 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 2H: NNNNN FN2 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 2L: NNNNN FN2 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2D: N FN2 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 3F: GGNN FN3 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 24 ▲ ±32000 3H: NNNNN FN3 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 25 ▲ ±32000 3L: NNNNN FN3 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 26 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3D: N FN3 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 27 ▲ GGNN 4F: GGNN FN4 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 28 ▲ ±32000 4H: NNNNN FN4 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 29 ▲ ±32000 4L: NNNNN FN4 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 30 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 4D: N FN4 decimal point position (from rightmost digit)
ITEM 19
AL2 Lamp Output02
FN2 Indication
ITEM 15FN1 Indication
ITEM 23FN3 Indication
ITEM 27FN4 Indication
AL1 Lamp Output01
AL4 Lamp Output04
AL3 Lamp Output
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW 03
10
09
12
11
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW
06
05
08
07
Primary Loop
Secondary Loop
121SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 31 ▲ alphanumeric T1: XXX...X FN1 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 32 ▲ alphanumeric T2: XXX...X FN2 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 33 ▲ alphanumeric T3: XXX...X FN3 tag name (max. 10 characters)★ 34 ▲ alphanumeric T4: XXX...X FN4 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 35 ▲ alphanumeric U1: XXX...X FN1 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 36 ▲ alphanumeric U2: XXX...X FN2 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 37 ▲ alphanumeric U3: XXX...X FN3 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 38 ▲ alphanumeric U4: XXX...X FN4 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) 39 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N AL1 lamp output 40 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N AL2 lamp output 41 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N AL3 lamp output 42 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N AL4 lamp output ★ 43 ▲ alphanumeric L1: XXXX AL1 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 44 ▲ alphanumeric L2: XXXX AL2 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 45 ▲ alphanumeric L3: XXXX AL3 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 46 ▲ alphanumeric L4: XXXX AL4 comment (max. 4 characters) CONTROL
Primary Loop 51 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 53 ▲❄ 0, 1 07: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 54 ▲❄ 0, 1 08: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Secondary Loop 55 ▲❄ 0, 1 09: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 56 ▲❄ 0, 1 10: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 57 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 58 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Common Items 61 ▲ 0, 1 21: 0 SP UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
62 ▲ 0, 1 22: 0 SP DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
63 ▲ 0, 1 23: 0 MV UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
64 ▲ 0, 1 24: 0 MV DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
★ 71 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding SP UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
★ 72 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding MV UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
Remark 1: ITEM 61 – 64: Please perform button operations with two times more than computation cycle.Remark 2: ITEM 61 – 64: Obtains button operation status regardless of screen functions such as A/M and C/L.
122SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F72 SC110 Extension Field Terminal 1 F72
ITEM 25Mv 1
Mv 1 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Check Input
13
27
CHECK
4 – 20mA
ITEM 26Mv 2
Mv 2 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Check Input
14
28
21
CHECK
4 – 20mA
Pv 1
Pv 1 Error Contact Output
Pv 1 Input
11CHECK
universal
23Ai 1 Ai 1 Input1 – 5V
24Ai 2 Ai 2 Input1 – 5V
25Ai 3 Ai 3 Input1 – 5V
26Ai 4 Ai 4 Input1 – 5V
22Pv 2
Pv 2 Error Contact Output
Pv 2 Input
12CHECK
Backup Status15BACKUPCHECK
universal
ITEM 27Ao 1 Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5VITEM 28
Ao 2 Ao 2 Connection Terminal1 – 5V
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
ITEM 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 30, 31
ITEM 32, 33
4–
3+
6–
5+
9–
8+
7+
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ao COM
52–
51+
50+
49+
48+
Ai COM
43
44
42A1
B1
C1
46
47
45A2
B2
C2
123SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [04] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 12 MD: 12 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Pv 1 input 12 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Pv 2 input 13 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 1 input 14 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 2 input 15 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 25: NNN.NN Ai 3 input 16 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 26: NNN.NN Ai 4 input 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 27: NNN.NN Mv 1 check input 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 28: NNN.NN Mv 2 check input 19 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 29: NNN.NNUnit Pv 1 input in engineering unit value 20 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 30: NNN.NNUnit Pv 2 input in engineering unit value ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV1: NNN.NN Mv 1 output 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV2: NNN.NN Mv 2 output 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO1: NNN.NN Ao 1 output 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO2: NNN.NN Ao 2 output ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL
★ 25 ▲ GGNN M1#: 0225 Mv 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 26 ▲ GGNN M2#: 0225 Mv 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 27 ▲ GGNN A1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 28 ▲ GGNN A2#: 0225 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
PV / MV SETTING
★ 30 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH1: NNN.NN Pv 1 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 31 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL1: NNN.NN Pv 1 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 32 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH2: NNN.NN Pv 2 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL2: NNN.NN Pv 2 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 34 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML1: NNN.NN Mv 1 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML2: NNN.NN Mv 2 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 36 ▲ MM TP1: MM Pv 1 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM37...39 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 37 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 upper range temperature ★ 38 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 lower range temperature ★ 39 ▲ 0, 1 CJ1: N Pv 1 cold junction compensation (0: Without, 1: With)
124SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 40 ▲ MM TP2: MM Pv 2 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM41...43 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 41 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 upper range temperature ★ 42 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 lower range temperature ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 CJ2: N Pv 2 cold junction compensation (0: without, 1: with) 44 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N Pv 1 error contact output 45 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N Pv 2 error contact output 46 ▲❄ 0, 1 13: N Mv 1 error contact output 47 ▲❄ 0, 1 14: N Mv 2 error contact output ANALOG I/O ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ1: 0.00 Pv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias)★ 51 ▲ ±3.2000 PS1: 1.0000 Pv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ2: 0.00 Pv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 53 ▲ ±3.2000 PS2: 1.0000 Pv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 55 ▲ ±3.2000 MS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 56 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 57 ▲ ±3.2000 MS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 58 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ1: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 59 ▲ ±3.2000 IS1: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 60 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ2: 0.00 Ai 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 61 ▲ ±3.2000 IS2: 1.0000 Ai 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 62 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ3: 0.00 Ai 3 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 63 ▲ ±3.2000 IS3: 1.0000 Ai 3 span adjustment (gain) ★ 64 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ4: 0.00 Ai 4 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 65 ▲ ±3.2000 IS4: 1.0000 Ai 4 span adjustment (gain) ★ 66 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 67 ▲ ±3.2000 CS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 68 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 69 ▲ ±3.2000 CS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ1: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 71 ▲ ±3.2000 OS1: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 72 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ2: 0.00 Ao 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 73 ▲ ±3.2000 OS2: 1.0000 Ao 2 span adjustment (gain) BACKUP (Mv 2)
80 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MVB: NNN.NN Manual loading MV ★ 81 ▲ 0, 1 BSW: NNN.NN Automatic switching (0: disable, 1: enable) ★ 82 ▲ 0, 1 BMD: NNN.NN Backup output mode (0: track back, 1: preset value) ★ 83 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s BVL: NNN.NN Output rate-of-change limit (0.00: no limit applied) ★ 84 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % BFV: NNN.NN Preset value (applied with ITEM 82 DATA 1) ★ 85 ▲ 0, 1 BBL: N Backup recovery mode (0: auto tracking, 1: manual tracking) ★ 86 ▲ 2, 3 BGR: N Backup GROUP 87 ▲ 0, 1 15: N Backup status (0: normal, 1: backup) SC 1.50
125SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F72 SC110 Extension Field Terminal 2 F72
Do 1
11
12
13
14
Di 1 / Pi 1 Di 1 Input
Di 2 / Pi 2 Di 2 Input
Di 3 / Pi 3 Di 3 Input
Di 4 / Pi 4
Di 5 / Pi 5
Di 6 / Pi 6
Di 4 Input
15
01
Do 2 02
Do 3 03
Do 4 04
Do 5 05
RUN Output 06
Di 5 Input
16 Di 6 Input
Do 1 Output
Do 2 Output
Do 3 Output
Do 4 Output
Do 5 Output
RUN Contact Output Forced OFF
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
21 Qi 1 Accumulated Count Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
CONT
ACT I
NPUT
/ LO
W FR
EQUE
NCY
PULS
E INP
UT S
ETTI
NG
22 Qi 2 Accumulated Count Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
23 Qi 3 Accumulated Count Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
24 Qi 4 Accumulated Count Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
25 Qi 5 Accumulated Count Input
35 QA 5 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
26 Qi 6 Accumulated Count Input
36 QA 6 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSIONMOVING AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
RUN JUDG. LOGIC
High FrequencyPulse Input
35+
34+
36+
37+
38+
+
39–COM
32
33
31EXC
INPUT
COM
17
16
19
18
25
24
11
10
21
20
23
22
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 31
ITEM 33, 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 36, 37
ITEM 38
ITEM 39, 40
ITEM 41
ITEM 42, 43
ITEM 44
ITEM 45, 46
ITEM 47
ITEM 48, 49
ITEM 32
ITEM 50
SC 1.40
126SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [05] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 13 MD: 13 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 11: N or Di 1 input indication or 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated count indication 12 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 12: N or Di 2 input indication or 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Qi 2 accumulated count indication 13 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 13: N or Di 3 input indication or 0 – 9999 23: NNNN Qi 3 accumulated count indication 14 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 14: N or Di 4 input indication or 0 – 9999 24: NNNN Qi 4 accumulated count indication 15 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 15: N or Di 5 input indication or 0 – 9999 25: NNNN Qi 5 accumulated count indication 16 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 16: N or Di 6 input indication or 0 – 9999 26: NNNN Qi 6 accumulated count indication 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value indication 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 32: NNN.NN QA 2 momentary value indication 19 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 33: NNN.NN QA 3 momentary value indication 20 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 34: NNN.NN QA 4 momentary value indication 21 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 35: NNN.NN QA 5 momentary value indication 22 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 36: NNN.NN QA 6 momentary value indication DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
23 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 output indication 24 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 output indication 25 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 output indication 26 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 output indication 27 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 output indication 28 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N RUN contact output forced OFF (1: OFF) PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 31 ▲ PD: NNNNN Di/Pi selection (0 = Di, 1 = Pi) (100 : Di 1, 101 : Di 2, 102 : Di 3, 103 : Di 4, 104 : Di 5) (Remark 1) Di 6 is specified in ITEM 52
★ 32 ▲ 1-16 KR: NN Pi moving average sample number for momentary value conversion ★ 33 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 34 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 36 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 37 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 38 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 39 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Qi 3 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 40 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 41 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN QA 3 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input)
127SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 42 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 43 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor ★ 44 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D5: -1 Qi 5 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 46 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S5: N.NNNN Qi 5 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K5: NNNNN.NN QA 5 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 48 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D6: -1 Qi 6 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 49 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S6: N.NNNN Qi 6 scaling factor ★ 50 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K6: NNNNN.NN QA 6 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) DISCRETE OUTPUT SETTING
★ 51 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Abnormality contact output mode (0: Normal, 1: All contact outputs OFF at RUN contact OFF)
HIGH SPEED PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6) SC 1.40
Remark 1: ITEM 31: Di/Pi selectionPulse outputs become undefined when ‘Di’ is selected; while discrete outputs become undefined when ‘Pi’ is selected.
128SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F73 SC210 Field Terminal F73
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error)
Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 included 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) INDICATION
★ 11 ▲ 2, 3 GR: 2 Primary loop Group No. (valid after reset) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N Primary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N Secondary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 1F: 3121 FN1 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 1H: 15000 FN1 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 17 ▲ ±32000 1L: 0 FN1 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1D: 1 FN1 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2F: GGNN FN2 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 2H: NNNNN FN2 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 2L: NNNNN FN2 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2D: N FN2 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 3F: GGNN FN3 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 24 ▲ ±32000 3H: NNNNN FN3 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 25 ▲ ±32000 3L: NNNNN FN3 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 26 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3D: N FN3 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 27 ▲ GGNN 4F: GGNN FN4 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 28 ▲ ±32000 4H: NNNNN FN4 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 29 ▲ ±32000 4L: NNNNN FN4 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 30 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 4D: N FN4 decimal point position (from rightmost digit)
ITEM 19
AL2 Lamp Output02
FN2 Indication
ITEM 15FN1 Indication
ITEM 23FN3 Indication
ITEM 27FN4 Indication
AL1 Lamp Output01
AL4 Lamp Output04
AL3 Lamp Output
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW 03
10
09
12
11
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW
06
05
08
07
Primary Loop
Secondary Loop
129SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 31 ▲ alphanumeric T1: XXX...X FN1 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 32 ▲ alphanumeric T2: XXX...X FN2 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 33 ▲ alphanumeric T3: XXX...X FN3 tag name (max. 10 characters)★ 34 ▲ alphanumeric T4: XXX...X FN4 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 35 ▲ alphanumeric U1: XXX...X FN1 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 36 ▲ alphanumeric U2: XXX...X FN2 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 37 ▲ alphanumeric U3: XXX...X FN3 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 38 ▲ alphanumeric U4: XXX...X FN4 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) 39 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N AL1 lamp output 40 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N AL2 lamp output 41 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N AL3 lamp output 42 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N AL4 lamp output ★ 43 ▲ alphanumeric L1: XXXX AL1 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 44 ▲ alphanumeric L2: XXXX AL2 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 45 ▲ alphanumeric L3: XXXX AL3 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 46 ▲ alphanumeric L4: XXXX AL4 comment (max. 4 characters) CONTROL (Remark 1) Primary Loop 51 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 53 ▲❄ 0, 1 07: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 54 ▲❄ 0, 1 08: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Secondary Loop 55 ▲❄ 0, 1 09: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 56 ▲❄ 0, 1 10: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 57 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 58 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Common Items 61 ▲ 0, 1 21: 0 SP UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
62 ▲ 0, 1 22: 0 SP DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
63 ▲ 0, 1 23: 0 MV UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
64 ▲ 0, 1 24: 0 MV DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) SC 1.70
★ 71 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding SP UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
★ 72 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding MV UP or DOWN button SC 1.70
Remark 1: Control by a host device connected via Modbus prevails the local setting.Remark 2: ITEM 61 – 64: Please perform button operations with two times more than computation cycle.Remark 3: ITEM 61 – 64: Obtains button operation status regardless of screen functions such as A/M and C/L.
130SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F73 SC210 Extension Field Terminal 1 F73
ITEM 25Mv 1
Mv 1 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Check Input
13
27
CHECK
4 – 20mA
ITEM 26Mv 2
Mv 2 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Check Input
14
28
21
CHECK
4 – 20mA
Pv 1
Pv 1 Error Contact Output
Pv 1 Input
11CHECK
universal
23Ai 1 Ai 1 Input1 – 5V
24Ai 2 Ai 2 Input1 – 5V
25Ai 3 Ai 3 Input1 – 5V
26Ai 4 Ai 4 Input1 – 5V
22Pv 2
Pv 2 Error Contact Output
Pv 2 Input
12CHECK
Backup Status15BACKUPCHECK
universal
ITEM 27Ao 1 Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5VITEM 28
Ao 2 Ao 2 Connection Terminal1 – 5V
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
ITEM 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 30, 31
ITEM 32, 33
4–
3+
6–
5+
9–
8+
7+
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ao COM
52–
51+
50+
49+
48+
Ai COM
43
44
42A1
B1
C1
46
47
45A2
B2
C2
131SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [04] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 12 MD: 12 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Pv 1 input 12 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Pv 2 input 13 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 1 input 14 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 2 input 15 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 25: NNN.NN Ai 3 input 16 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 26: NNN.NN Ai 4 input 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 27: NNN.NN Mv 1 check input 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 28: NNN.NN Mv 2 check input 19 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 29: NNN.NNUnit Pv 1 input in engineering unit value 20 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 30: NNN.NNUnit Pv 2 input in engineering unit value ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV1: NNN.NN Mv 1 output 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV2: NNN.NN Mv 2 output 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO1: NNN.NN Ao 1 output 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO2: NNN.NN Ao 2 output ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL
★ 25 ▲ GGNN M1#: 0225 Mv 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 26 ▲ GGNN M2#: 0225 Mv 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 27 ▲ GGNN A1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 28 ▲ GGNN A2#: 0225 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
PV / MV SETTING
★ 30 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH1: NNN.NN Pv 1 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 31 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL1: NNN.NN Pv 1 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 32 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH2: NNN.NN Pv 2 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL2: NNN.NN Pv 2 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 34 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML1: NNN.NN Mv 1 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML2: NNN.NN Mv 2 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 36 ▲ MM TP1: MM Pv 1 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM37...39 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 37 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 upper range temperature ★ 38 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 lower range temperature ★ 39 ▲ 0, 1 CJ1: N Pv 1 cold junction compensation (0: Without, 1: With)
132SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 40 ▲ MM TP2: MM Pv 2 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM41...43 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 41 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 upper range temperature ★ 42 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 lower range temperature ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 CJ2: N Pv 2 cold junction compensation (0: without, 1: with) 44 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N Pv 1 error contact output 45 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N Pv 2 error contact output 46 ▲❄ 0, 1 13: N Mv 1 error contact output 47 ▲❄ 0, 1 14: N Mv 2 error contact output ANALOG I/O ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ1: 0.00 Pv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias)★ 51 ▲ ±3.2000 PS1: 1.0000 Pv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ2: 0.00 Pv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 53 ▲ ±3.2000 PS2: 1.0000 Pv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 55 ▲ ±3.2000 MS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 56 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 57 ▲ ±3.2000 MS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 58 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ1: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 59 ▲ ±3.2000 IS1: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 60 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ2: 0.00 Ai 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 61 ▲ ±3.2000 IS2: 1.0000 Ai 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 62 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ3: 0.00 Ai 3 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 63 ▲ ±3.2000 IS3: 1.0000 Ai 3 span adjustment (gain) ★ 64 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ4: 0.00 Ai 4 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 65 ▲ ±3.2000 IS4: 1.0000 Ai 4 span adjustment (gain) ★ 66 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 67 ▲ ±3.2000 CS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 68 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 69 ▲ ±3.2000 CS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ1: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 71 ▲ ±3.2000 OS1: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 72 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ2: 0.00 Ao 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 73 ▲ ±3.2000 OS2: 1.0000 Ao 2 span adjustment (gain) BACKUP (Mv 2)
80 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MVB: NNN.NN Manual loading MV ★ 81 ▲ 0, 1 BSW: NNN.NN Automatic switching (0: disable, 1: enable) ★ 82 ▲ 0, 1 BMD: NNN.NN Backup output mode (0: track back, 1: preset value) ★ 83 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s BVL: NNN.NN Output rate-of-change limit (0.00: no limit applied) ★ 84 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % BFV: NNN.NN Preset value (applied with ITEM 82 DATA 1) ★ 85 ▲ 0, 1 BBL: N Backup recovery mode (0: auto tracking, 1: manual tracking) ★ 86 ▲ 2, 3 BGR: N Backup GROUP 87 ▲ 0, 1 15: N Backup status (0: normal, 1: backup) SC 1.50
133SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F73 SC210 Extension Field Terminal 2 F73
Do 1
11
12
13
14
Di 1 / Pi 1 Di 1 Input
Di 2 / Pi 2 Di 2 Input
Di 3 / Pi 3 Di 3 Input
Di 4 / Pi 4
Di 5 / Pi 5
Di 6 / Pi 6
Di 4 Input
15
01
Do 2 02
Do 3 03
Do 4 04
Do 5 05
RUN Output 06
Di 5 Input
16 Di 6 Input
Do 1 Output
Do 2 Output
Do 3 Output
Do 4 Output
Do 5 Output
RUN Contact Output Forced OFF
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
21 Qi 1 Accumulated Count Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
CONT
ACT I
NPUT
/ LO
W FR
EQUE
NCY
PULS
E INP
UT S
ETTI
NG
22 Qi 2 Accumulated Count Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
23 Qi 3 Accumulated Count Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
24 Qi 4 Accumulated Count Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
25 Qi 5 Accumulated Count Input
35 QA 5 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
26 Qi 6 Accumulated Count Input
36 QA 6 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSIONMOVING AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
RUN JUDG. LOGIC
High FrequencyPulse Input
35+
34+
36+
37+
38+
+
39–COM
32
33
31EXC
INPUT
COM
17
16
19
18
25
24
11
10
21
20
23
22
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 31
ITEM 33, 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 36, 37
ITEM 38
ITEM 39, 40
ITEM 41
ITEM 42, 43
ITEM 44
ITEM 45, 46
ITEM 47
ITEM 48, 49
ITEM 32
ITEM 50
SC 1.40
134SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [05] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 13 MD: 13 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 11: N or Di 1 input indication or 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated count indication 12 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 12: N or Di 2 input indication or 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Qi 2 accumulated count indication 13 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 13: N or Di 3 input indication or 0 – 9999 23: NNNN Qi 3 accumulated count indication 14 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 14: N or Di 4 input indication or 0 – 9999 24: NNNN Qi 4 accumulated count indication 15 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 15: N or Di 5 input indication or 0 – 9999 25: NNNN Qi 5 accumulated count indication 16 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 16: N or Di 6 input indication or 0 – 9999 26: NNNN Qi 6 accumulated count indication 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value indication 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 32: NNN.NN QA 2 momentary value indication 19 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 33: NNN.NN QA 3 momentary value indication 20 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 34: NNN.NN QA 4 momentary value indication 21 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 35: NNN.NN QA 5 momentary value indication 22 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 36: NNN.NN QA 6 momentary value indication DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
23 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 output indication 24 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 output indication 25 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 output indication 26 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 output indication 27 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 output indication 28 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N RUN contact output forced OFF (1: OFF) PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 31 ▲ PD: NNNNN Di/Pi selection (0 = Di, 1 = Pi) (100 : Di 1, 101 : Di 2, 102 : Di 3, 103 : Di 4, 104 : Di 5) (Remark 1) Di 6 is specified in ITEM 52
★ 32 ▲ 1-16 KR: NN Pi moving average sample number for momentary value conversion ★ 33 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 34 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 36 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 37 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 38 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 39 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Qi 3 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 40 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 41 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN QA 3 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input)
135SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 42 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 43 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor ★ 44 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D5: -1 Qi 5 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 46 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S5: N.NNNN Qi 5 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K5: NNNNN.NN QA 5 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 48 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D6: -1 Qi 6 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 49 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S6: N.NNNN Qi 6 scaling factor ★ 50 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K6: NNNNN.NN QA 6 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) DISCRETE OUTPUT SETTING
★ 51 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Abnormality contact output mode (0: Normal, 1: All contact outputs OFF at RUN contact OFF)
HIGH SPEED PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6) SC 1.40
Remark 1: ITEM 31: Di/Pi selectionPulse outputs become undefined when ‘Di’ is selected; while discrete outputs become undefined when ‘Pi’ is selected.
136SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F93 SC210W Field Terminal F93
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error)
Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 included 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) INDICATION
★ 11 ▲ 2, 3 GR: 2 Primary loop Group No. (valid after reset) ★ 12 ▲ 0, 1 M1: N Primary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 13 ▲ 0, 1 M2: N Secondary MV operational range (0: ±115%, 1: -15 – +115%) ★ 15 ▲ GGNN 1F: 3121 FN1 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 16 ▲ ±32000 1H: 15000 FN1 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 17 ▲ ±32000 1L: 0 FN1 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 18 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1D: 1 FN1 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 19 ▲ GGNN 2F: GGNN FN2 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 20 ▲ ±32000 2H: NNNNN FN2 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 21 ▲ ±32000 2L: NNNNN FN2 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 22 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2D: N FN2 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 3F: GGNN FN3 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 24 ▲ ±32000 3H: NNNNN FN3 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 25 ▲ ±32000 3L: NNNNN FN3 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 26 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3D: N FN3 decimal point position (from rightmost digit) ★ 27 ▲ GGNN 4F: GGNN FN4 connection terminal for indication
GG: Group No. NN: terminal No. ★ 28 ▲ ±32000 4H: NNNNN FN4 upper range (in engineering unit) ★ 29 ▲ ±32000 4L: NNNNN FN4 lower range (in engineering unit) ★ 30 ▲ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 4D: N FN4 decimal point position (from rightmost digit)
ITEM 19
AL2 Lamp Output02
FN2 Indication
ITEM 15FN1 Indication
ITEM 23FN3 Indication
ITEM 27FN4 Indication
AL1 Lamp Output01
AL4 Lamp Output04
AL3 Lamp Output
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW 03
10
09
12
11
Manual to Auto Switching Suppression SW
Local to Cascade Switching Suppression SW
SP DOWN Button Operation Suppression SW
SP UP Button Operation Suppression SW
06
05
08
07
Primary Loop
Secondary Loop
137SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 31 ▲ alphanumeric T1: XXX...X FN1 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 32 ▲ alphanumeric T2: XXX...X FN2 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 33 ▲ alphanumeric T3: XXX...X FN3 tag name (max. 10 characters)★ 34 ▲ alphanumeric T4: XXX...X FN4 tag name (max. 10 characters) ★ 35 ▲ alphanumeric U1: XXX...X FN1 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 36 ▲ alphanumeric U2: XXX...X FN2 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 37 ▲ alphanumeric U3: XXX...X FN3 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) ★ 38 ▲ alphanumeric U4: XXX...X FN4 engineering unit (max. 8 characters) 39 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N AL1 lamp output 40 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N AL2 lamp output 41 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N AL3 lamp output 42 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N AL4 lamp output ★ 43 ▲ alphanumeric L1: XXXX AL1 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 44 ▲ alphanumeric L2: XXXX AL2 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 45 ▲ alphanumeric L3: XXXX AL3 comment (max. 4 characters) ★ 46 ▲ alphanumeric L4: XXXX AL4 comment (max. 4 characters) CONTROL (Remark 1) Primary Loop 51 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 52 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 53 ▲❄ 0, 1 07: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 54 ▲❄ 0, 1 08: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Secondary Loop 55 ▲❄ 0, 1 09: N Local to Cascade switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 56 ▲❄ 0, 1 10: N Manual to Auto switching suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 57 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N SP UP button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) 58 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N SP DOWN button operation suppress. SW (0: permit, 1: prohibit) Common Items 61 ▲ 0, 1 21: 0 SP UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) 62 ▲ 0, 1 22: 0 SP DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) 63 ▲ 0, 1 23: 0 MV UP button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) 64 ▲ 0, 1 24: 0 MV DOWN button operation status (0: OFF, 1: ON) ★ 71 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding SP UP or DOWN button ★ 72 ▲ 10 – 100 s/100% ST: 40 Time of holding MV UP or DOWN button
Remark 1: Control by a host device connected via Modbus prevails the local setting.Remark 2: ITEM 61 – 64: Please perform button operations with two times more than computation cycle.Remark 3: ITEM 61 – 64: Obtains button operation status regardless of screen functions such as A/M and C/L.
138SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F93 SC210W Extension Field Terminal 1 F93
ITEM 25Mv 1
Mv 1 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Check Input
13
27
CHECK
4 – 20mA
ITEM 26Mv 2
Mv 2 Error Contact Output
Mv 1 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Connection Terminal
Mv 2 Check Input
14
28
21
CHECK
4 – 20mA
Pv 1
Pv 1 Error Contact Output
Pv 1 Input
11CHECK
universal
23Ai 1 Ai 1 Input1 – 5V
24Ai 2 Ai 2 Input1 – 5V
25Ai 3 Ai 3 Input1 – 5V
26Ai 4 Ai 4 Input1 – 5V
22Pv 2
Pv 2 Error Contact Output
Pv 2 Input
12CHECK
Backup Status15BACKUPCHECK
universal
ITEM 27Ao 1 Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5VITEM 28
Ao 2 Ao 2 Connection Terminal1 – 5V
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
ITEM 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 30, 31
ITEM 32, 33
4–
3+
6–
5+
9–
8+
7+
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ao COM
52–
51+
50+
49+
48+
Ai COM
43
44
42A1
B1
C1
46
47
45A2
B2
C2
139SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [04] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 12 MD: 12 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Pv 1 input 12 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Pv 2 input 13 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 1 input 14 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 2 input 15 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 25: NNN.NN Ai 3 input 16 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 26: NNN.NN Ai 4 input 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 27: NNN.NN Mv 1 check input 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 28: NNN.NN Mv 2 check input 19 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 29: NNN.NNUnit Pv 1 input in engineering unit value 20 ▲❄ ±320.00Unit 30: NNN.NNUnit Pv 2 input in engineering unit value ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV1: NNN.NN Mv 1 output 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MV2: NNN.NN Mv 2 output 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO1: NNN.NN Ao 1 output 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % AO2: NNN.NN Ao 2 output ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL
★ 25 ▲ GGNN M1#: 0225 Mv 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 26 ▲ GGNN M2#: 0225 Mv 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 27 ▲ GGNN A1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
★ 28 ▲ GGNN A2#: 0225 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) GG: Group No. NN : terminal No.
PV / MV SETTING
★ 30 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH1: NNN.NN Pv 1 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 31 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL1: NNN.NN Pv 1 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 32 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PH2: NNN.NN Pv 2 high alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 33 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % PL2: NNN.NN Pv 2 low alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 34 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML1: NNN.NN Mv 1 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 % ML2: NNN.NN Mv 2 deviation alarm setpoint (for error judgment) ★ 36 ▲ MM TP1: MM Pv 1 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM37...39 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 37 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 upper range temperature ★ 38 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT1: NNNN.N Pv 1 lower range temperature ★ 39 ▲ 0, 1 CJ1: N Pv 1 cold junction compensation (0: Without, 1: With)
140SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 40 ▲ MM TP2: MM Pv 2 input type [MM: input type No.] 12: S 19: Pt100 (JIS ‘97, IEC) 0:-10-10 V 6: K 13: C 20: Pt100 (JIS ‘89) 1: -1-1 V 7: E 14: N 21: JPt100 (JIS ‘89) 2: 0-10 V 8: J 15: U 22: Pt50 (JIS ‘81) 3: 1-5 V 9: T 16: L 23: Ni100 4: 0-1 V 10: B 17: P 24: MS 5: 4-20 mA 11: R 18: PR 25: DS (Set ITEM41...43 for Pv 1 input type 6...23) ★ 41 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 HT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 upper range temperature ★ 42 ▲ -272.0 – 3000.0 LT2: NNNN.N Pv 2 lower range temperature ★ 43 ▲ 0, 1 CJ2: N Pv 2 cold junction compensation (0: without, 1: with) 44 ▲❄ 0, 1 11: N Pv 1 error contact output 45 ▲❄ 0, 1 12: N Pv 2 error contact output 46 ▲❄ 0, 1 13: N Mv 1 error contact output 47 ▲❄ 0, 1 14: N Mv 2 error contact output ANALOG I/O ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 50 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ1: 0.00 Pv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias)★ 51 ▲ ±3.2000 PS1: 1.0000 Pv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 52 ▲ ±115.00 % PZ2: 0.00 Pv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 53 ▲ ±3.2000 PS2: 1.0000 Pv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 54 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 55 ▲ ±3.2000 MS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 56 ▲ ±115.00 % MZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 57 ▲ ±3.2000 MS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 58 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ1: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 59 ▲ ±3.2000 IS1: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 60 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ2: 0.00 Ai 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 61 ▲ ±3.2000 IS2: 1.0000 Ai 2 span adjustment (gain) ★ 62 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ3: 0.00 Ai 3 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 63 ▲ ±3.2000 IS3: 1.0000 Ai 3 span adjustment (gain) ★ 64 ▲ ±115.00 % IZ4: 0.00 Ai 4 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 65 ▲ ±3.2000 IS4: 1.0000 Ai 4 span adjustment (gain) ★ 66 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ1: 0.00 Mv 1 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 67 ▲ ±3.2000 CS1: 1.0000 Mv 1 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 68 ▲ ±115.00 % CZ2: 0.00 Mv 2 check input zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 69 ▲ ±3.2000 CS2: 1.0000 Mv 2 check input span adjustment (gain) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ1: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 71 ▲ ±3.2000 OS1: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 72 ▲ ±115.00 % OZ2: 0.00 Ao 2 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 73 ▲ ±3.2000 OS2: 1.0000 Ao 2 span adjustment (gain) BACKUP (Mv 2)
80 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % MVB: NNN.NN Manual loading MV ★ 81 ▲ 0, 1 BSW: NNN.NN Automatic switching (0: disable, 1: enable) ★ 82 ▲ 0, 1 BMD: NNN.NN Backup output mode (0: track back, 1: preset value) ★ 83 ▲ 0.00 – 115.00 %/s BVL: NNN.NN Output rate-of-change limit (0.00: no limit applied) ★ 84 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % BFV: NNN.NN Preset value (applied with ITEM 82 DATA 1) ★ 85 ▲ 0, 1 BBL: N Backup recovery mode (0: auto tracking, 1: manual tracking) ★ 86 ▲ 2, 3 BGR: N Backup GROUP 87 ▲ 0, 1 15: N Backup status (0: normal, 1: backup)
141SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F93 SC210W Extension Field Terminal 2 F93
Do 1
11
12
13
14
Di 1 / Pi 1 Di 1 Input
Di 2 / Pi 2 Di 2 Input
Di 3 / Pi 3 Di 3 Input
Di 4 / Pi 4
Di 5 / Pi 5
Di 6 / Pi 6
Di 4 Input
15
01
Do 2 02
Do 3 03
Do 4 04
Do 5 05
RUN Output 06
Di 5 Input
16 Di 6 Input
Do 1 Output
Do 2 Output
Do 3 Output
Do 4 Output
Do 5 Output
RUN Contact Output Forced OFF
ITEM 02 has no error indication. It is indicated in GROUP 01 (Field Terminal).
21 Qi 1 Accumulated Count Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
CONT
ACT I
NPUT
/ LO
W FR
EQUE
NCY
PULS
E INP
UT S
ETTI
NG
22 Qi 2 Accumulated Count Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
23 Qi 3 Accumulated Count Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
24 Qi 4 Accumulated Count Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
25 Qi 5 Accumulated Count Input
35 QA 5 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
26 Qi 6 Accumulated Count Input
36 QA 6 Momentary Value Input
POWER-LAWSCALING
MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSIONMOVING AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.
RUN JUDG. LOGIC
High FrequencyPulse Input
35+
34+
36+
37+
38+
+
39–COM
32
33
31EXC
INPUT
COM
17
16
19
18
25
24
11
10
21
20
23
22
Inside ControllerField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 31
ITEM 33, 34
ITEM 35
ITEM 36, 37
ITEM 38
ITEM 39, 40
ITEM 41
ITEM 42, 43
ITEM 44
ITEM 45, 46
ITEM 47
ITEM 48, 49
ITEM 32
ITEM 50
142SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [05] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) Same mode for Extension Field Terminal 1 and 2 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 10 IND 13 MD: 13 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 11: N or Di 1 input indication or 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated count indication 12 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 12: N or Di 2 input indication or 0 – 9999 22: NNNN Qi 2 accumulated count indication 13 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 13: N or Di 3 input indication or 0 – 9999 23: NNNN Qi 3 accumulated count indication 14 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 14: N or Di 4 input indication or 0 – 9999 24: NNNN Qi 4 accumulated count indication 15 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 15: N or Di 5 input indication or 0 – 9999 25: NNNN Qi 5 accumulated count indication 16 ▲❄ 0, 1 or 16: N or Di 6 input indication or 0 – 9999 26: NNNN Qi 6 accumulated count indication 17 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value indication 18 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 32: NNN.NN QA 2 momentary value indication 19 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 33: NNN.NN QA 3 momentary value indication 20 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 34: NNN.NN QA 4 momentary value indication 21 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 35: NNN.NN QA 5 momentary value indication 22 ▲❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 36: NNN.NN QA 6 momentary value indication DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
23 ▲❄ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 output indication 24 ▲❄ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 output indication 25 ▲❄ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 output indication 26 ▲❄ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 output indication 27 ▲❄ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 output indication 28 ▲❄ 0, 1 06: N RUN contact output forced OFF (1: OFF) PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 31 ▲ PD: NNNNN Di/Pi selection (0 = Di, 1 = Pi) (100 : Di 1, 101 : Di 2, 102 : Di 3, 103 : Di 4, 104 : Di 5) (Remark 1) Di 6 is specified in ITEM 52
★ 32 ▲ 1-16 KR: NN Pi moving average sample number for momentary value conversion ★ 33 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 34 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 36 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 37 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 38 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 39 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Qi 3 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 40 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 41 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN QA 3 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input)
143SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 42 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 43 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor ★ 44 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D5: -1 Qi 5 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 46 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S5: N.NNNN Qi 5 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K5: NNNNN.NN QA 5 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 48 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D6: -1 Qi 6 power-law scaling
(10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 49 ▲ 0.0000 – 6.4000 S6: N.NNNN Qi 6 scaling factor ★ 50 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K6: NNNNN.NN QA 6 momentary value conversion factor
(number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) DISCRETE OUTPUT SETTING
★ 51 ▲ 0, 1 DM: N Abnormality contact output mode (0: Normal, 1: All contact outputs OFF at RUN contact OFF)
HIGH SPEED PULSE INPUT SETTING
★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6) Remark 1: ITEM 31: Di/Pi selectionPulse outputs become undefined when ‘Di’ is selected; while discrete outputs become undefined when ‘Pi’ is selected.
144SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F24 SML-A4 Field Terminal F24
GROUP [01] ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 01: N Di 1 discrete input 12 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 02: N Di 2 : 13 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 03: N Di 3 : 14 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 04: N Di 4 : 15 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 05: N Di 5 : 16 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 06: N Di 6 : 17 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 07: N Di 7 : 18 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 08: N Di 8 :
Inside ModuleField Wiring
Di 1 Discrete Input01Di 1
SCREW TERMINAL
3+
Di 2 Discrete Input02Di 2 4+
Di 3 Discrete Input03Di 3 5+
Di 4 Discrete Input04Di 4 6+
12–
Di 5 Discrete Input05Di 5 9+
Di 6 Discrete Input06Di 6 10+
Di 7 Discrete Input07Di 7 1+
Di 8 Discrete Input08Di 8
COM1
COM2
2+
15–
145SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F25 SML-C7, -C8 Field Terminal F25
GROUP [01] ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 discrete output 12 ▲ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 : 13 ▲ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 : 14 ▲ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 : 15 ▲ 0, 1 05: N Do 5 : 16 ▲ 0, 1 06: N Do 6 : 17 ▲ 0, 1 07: N Do 7 : 18 ▲ 0, 1 08: N Do 8 :
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Do 1 Discrete Output01Do 1
Do 2 Discrete Output02Do 2
Do 3 Discrete Output03Do 3
Do 4 Discrete Output04Do 4
Do 5 Discrete Output05Do 5
Do 6 Discrete Output06Do 6
Do 7 Discrete Output07Do 7
Do 8 Discrete Output08Do 8
3
4
5
6
12
9
10
1
COM1
COM2
2
15
146SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F26 SML-E5 Field Terminal F26
GROUP [01] ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 01: N Di 1 discrete input 12 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 02: N Di 2 : 13 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 03: N Di 3 : 14 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 04: N Di 4 :DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
31 ▲ 0, 1 21: N Do 1 discrete output 32 ▲ 0, 1 22: N Do 2 : 33 ▲ 0, 1 23: N Do 3 : 34 ▲ 0, 1 24: N Do 4 :
Inside ModuleField Wiring
01
SCREW TERMINAL
21
Di 1 Discrete InputDi 1 3+
Di 2 Discrete Input02Di 2 4+
Di 3 Discrete Input03Di 3 5+
Di 4 Discrete Input04Di 4 6+
12–COM1
Do 1 Discrete OutputDo 1
Do 2 Discrete Output22Do 2
Do 3 Discrete Output23Do 3
Do 4 Discrete Output24Do 4
9
10
1
COM2
2
15
147SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F27 SML-G3 Field Terminal F27
26Ai 6
25Ai 5
28Ai 8
27Ai 7
24Ai 4
23Ai 3
22Ai 2
21Ai 11 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ai 1 Analog Input
Ai 2 Analog Input
Ai 3 Analog Input
Ai 4 Analog Input
Ai 5 Analog Input
Ai 6 Analog Input
Ai 7 Analog Input
Ai 8 Analog Input
3+
4+
5+
6+
12–
9+
10+
1+
COM
COM
2+
15–
148SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Ai 1 input indication 22 ▲ ❄ : 22: : Ai 2 : 23 ▲ ❄ : 23: : Ai 3 : 24 ▲ ❄ : 24: : Ai 4 : 25 ▲ ❄ : 25: : Ai 5 : 26 ▲ ❄ : 26: : Ai 6 : 27 ▲ ❄ : 27: : Ai 7 : 28 ▲ ❄ : 28: : Ai 8 :ANALOG INPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 31 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 32 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 33 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ai 2 zero ★ 34 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ai 2 span ★ 35 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ai 3 zero ★ 36 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ai 3 span ★ 37 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ai 4 zero ★ 38 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ai 4 span ★ 39 ▲ ±115.00 % 5Z: 0.00 Ai 5 zero ★ 40 ▲ ±3.2000 5S: 1.0000 Ai 5 span ★ 41 ▲ ±115.00 % 6Z: 0.00 Ai 6 zero ★ 42 ▲ ±3.2000 6S: 1.0000 Ai 6 span ★ 43 ▲ ±115.00 % 7Z: 0.00 Ai 7 zero ★ 44 ▲ ±3.2000 7S: 1.0000 Ai 7 span ★ 45 ▲ ±115.00 % 8Z: 0.00 Ai 8 zero ★ 46 ▲ ±3.2000 8S: 1.0000 Ai 8 span
149SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F28 SML-G4 Field Terminal F28
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Ai 1 input indication 22 ▲ ❄ : 22: : Ai 2 : 23 ▲ ❄ : 23: : Ai 3 : 24 ▲ ❄ : 24: : Ai 4 :ANALOG INPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 31 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 32 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 33 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ai 2 zero ★ 34 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ai 2 span ★ 35 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ai 3 zero ★ 36 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ai 3 span ★ 37 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ai 4 zero ★ 38 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ai 4 span
Ai 2
Ai 1
Ai 4
Ai 3
24
23
22
211 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ai 1 Analog Input
Ai 2 Analog Input
Ai 3 Analog Input
Ai 4 Analog Input
9+
10+
1+
COM
2+
15–
150SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F29 SML-M4 Field Terminal F29
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
03 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 01: NNN.NN Ao 1 output indication 04 ▲ : 02: : Ao 2 : 05 ▲ : 03: : Ao 3 : 06 ▲ : 04: : Ao 4 : 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL GG: GROUP NO., NN: TERMINAL NO. ★ 20 ▲ GGNN 1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 21 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1121 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 22 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1122 Ao 3 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 23 ▲ GGNN 4#: 1221 Ao 4 connection terminal (error if not connected)ANALOG OUTPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 36 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 37 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 38 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ao 2 zero ★ 39 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ao 2 span ★ 40 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ao 3 zero ★ 41 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ao 3 span ★ 42 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ao 4 zero ★ 43 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ao 4 span
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
ITEM 20Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
Ao 1
ITEM 21Ao 2 Connection TerminalAo 2
ITEM 22Ao 3 Connection TerminalAo 3
ITEM 23Ao 4 Connection TerminalAo 4
3+
4+
5+
6+
12–COM
151SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F14 SML-P4 Field Terminal F14
Pi 1 21Pulse Input
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Qi 1 Accumulated Value Input
31 QA 1 Momentary Value Input
S1 Reset SW (‘1’ to reset)
3+
COM 12–
ITEM 41, 42POWER-LAW
SCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.ITEM 31
MOVING AVERAGEITEM 32
01
Pi 2 22Pulse Input
Qi 2 Accumulated Value Input
32 QA 2 Momentary Value Input
S2 Reset SW (‘1’ to reset)
4+
ITEM 43, 44POWER-LAW
SCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.ITEM 33
MOVING AVERAGEITEM 34
02
Pi 3 23Pulse Input
Qi 3 Accumulated Value Input
33 QA 3 Momentary Value Input
S3 Reset SW (‘1’ to reset)
5+
ITEM 45, 46POWER-LAW
SCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.ITEM 35
MOVING AVERAGEITEM 36
03
Pi 4 24Pulse Input
Qi 4 Accumulated Value Input
34 QA 4 Momentary Value Input
S4 Reset SW (‘1’ to reset)
6+
ITEM 47, 48POWER-LAW
SCALING
MOMENT. VALUE CONV.ITEM 37
MOVING AVERAGEITEM 38
04
The standard device can accept high frequency of 10 kHz.For mechanical contact input, choose ‘low-pass filter’ type or use of pulse isolator is recommended to eliminate chattering.
152SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) MOMENTARY VALUE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 31: NNN.NN QA 1 momentary value input indication 12 ▲ ❄ : 32: : QA 2 : 13 ▲ ❄ : 33: : QA 3 : 14 ▲ ❄ : 34: : QA 4 : ACCUMULATED VALUE INPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ ❄ 0 – 9999 21: NNNN Qi 1 accumulated value input indication (unit: count) 22 ▲ ❄ : 22: : Qi 2 : 23 ▲ ❄ : 23: : Qi 3 : 24 ▲ ❄ : 24: : Qi 4 : MOMENTARY VALUE CONVERSION FACTOR (number of pulses per second at 100% momentary value input) ★ 31 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K1: NNNNN.NN QA 1 conversion factor ★ 32 ▲ 1 – 16 V1: 1 QA 1 moving average sample number ★ 33 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K2: NNNNN.NN QA 2 conversion factor ★ 34 ▲ 1 – 16 V2: 1 QA 2 moving average sample number ★ 35 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K3: NNNNN.NN QA 3 conversion factor ★ 36 ▲ 1 – 16 V3: 1 QA 3 moving average sample number ★ 37 ▲ 0.00 – 10000.00 K4: NNNNN.NN QA 4 conversion factor ★ 38 ▲ 1 – 16 V4: 1 QA 4 moving average sample number ACCUMULATED VALUE POWER-LAW SCALING (10’s power 1: x 10, 0: x 1, -1: x 0.1, -2: x 0.01, -3: x 0.001) ★ 41 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D1: -1 Qi 1 power-law scaling ★ 42 ▲ 1.0000 – 6.4000 S1: N.NNNN Qi 1 scaling factor ★ 43 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D2: -1 Qi 2 power-law scaling ★ 44 ▲ 1.0000 – 6.4000 S2: N.NNNN Qi 2 scaling factor ★ 45 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D3: -1 Qi 3 power-law scaling ★ 46 ▲ 1.0000 – 6.4000 S3: N.NNNN Qi 3 scaling factor ★ 47 ▲ 1, 0, -1, -2, -3 D4: -1 Qi 4 power-law scaling ★ 48 ▲ 1.0000 – 6.4000 S4: N.NNNN Qi 4 scaling factor RESET INPUT
51 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 01: N S1 reset SW 52 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 02: N S2 reset SW 53 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 03: N S3 reset SW 54 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 04: N S4 reset SW
153SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F34 SML-R2 Field Terminal F34
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
22Ai 2
21Ai 11 – 5V
1 – 5V
Ai 1 Analog Input
Ai 2 Analog Input
+ 4
12
+ 5
6
–
ITEM 51
Ao 1 Connection Terminal4 – 20mA
4 – 20mA
Ao 1
ITEM 52
Ao 2 Connection TerminalAo 2
10
1+
+ 2
11–
–
–
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Ai 1 input indication 12 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Ai 2 input indication ANALOG INPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 21 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 22 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 23 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ai 2 zero ★ 24 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ai 2 span ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
41 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 01: NNN.NN Ao 1 output indication 42 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 02: NNN.NN Ao 2 output indication ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL GG: GROUP NO., NN: TERMINAL NO. ★ 51 ▲ GGNN 1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 52 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1121 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) ANALOG OUTPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 61 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 62 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 63 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ao 2 zero ★ 64 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ao 2 span
154SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F31 SML-R3 Field Terminal F31
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
24Ai 4
23Ai 3
22Ai 2
21Ai 11 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
Ai 1 Analog Input
Ai 2 Analog Input
Ai 3 Analog Input
Ai 4 Analog Input
9+
10+
1+
2+
15–COM
ITEM 51Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
Ao 1
ITEM 52Ao 2 Connection TerminalAo 2
ITEM 53Ao 3 Connection TerminalAo 3
ITEM 54Ao 4 Connection TerminalAo 4
3+
4+
5+
6+
12–COM
155SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Ai 1 input indication 12 ▲ ❄ : 22: : Ai 2 : 13 ▲ ❄ : 23: : Ai 3 : 14 ▲ ❄ : 24: : Ai 4 : ANALOG INPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 21 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 22 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 23 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ai 2 zero ★ 24 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ai 2 span ★ 25 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ai 3 zero ★ 26 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ai 3 span ★ 27 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ai 4 zero ★ 28 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ai 4 span ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
41 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 01: NNN.NN Ao 1 output indication 42 ▲ : 02: : Ao 2 : 43 ▲ : 03: : Ao 3 : 44 ▲ : 04: : Ao 4 : ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL GG: GROUP NO., NN: TERMINAL NO. ★ 51 ▲ GGNN 1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 52 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1121 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 53 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1122 Ao 3 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 54 ▲ GGNN 4#: 1221 Ao 4 connection terminal (error if not connected) ANALOG OUTPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 61 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 62 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 63 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ao 2 zero ★ 64 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ao 2 span ★ 65 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ao 3 zero ★ 66 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ao 3 span ★ 67 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ao 4 zero ★ 68 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ao 4 span
156SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F32 SML-S5 Field Terminal F32
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable S MT: S SIMULATION mode: “❄” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model) DISCRETE INPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 11: N Di 1 discrete input 12 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 12: N Di 2 : 13 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 13: N Di 3 : 14 ▲ ❄ 0, 1 14: N Di 4 : ANALOG INPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 21: NNN.NN Ai 1 input indication 22 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 22: NNN.NN Ai 2 : 23 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 23: NNN.NN Ai 3 : 24 ▲ ❄ -15.00 – 115.00 % 24: NNN.NN Ai 4 : ANALOG INPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 31 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ai 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 32 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ai 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 33 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ai 2 zero ★ 34 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ai 2 span ★ 35 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ai 3 zero ★ 36 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ai 3 span ★ 37 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ai 4 zero ★ 38 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ai 4 span
24
23
22
21
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
Ai 1 Analog Input
Ai 2 Analog Input
Ai 3 Analog Input
Ai 4 Analog Input
Di 3 Discrete Input13
Di 2 Discrete Input12
Di 1 Discrete Input11
Di 4 Discrete Input14
Ai 2
Ai 1
Ai 4
Ai 3
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
9+
10+
1+
COM1
2+
15–
Di 1 3+
Di 2 4+
Di 3 5+
Di 4 6+
12–COM2
157SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
ABBR FIELD TERMINAL ABBR
F33 SML-S6 Field Terminal F33
Inside ModuleField Wiring
SCREW TERMINAL
01 Do 1 Discrete OutputDo 1
Do 2 Discrete Output02Do 2
Do 3 Discrete Output03Do 3
Do 4 Discrete Output04Do 4
9
10
1
COM2
2
15
ITEM 31Ao 1 Connection Terminal
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
1 – 5V
Ao 1
ITEM 32Ao 2 Connection TerminalAo 2
ITEM 33Ao 3 Connection TerminalAo 3
ITEM 34Ao 4 Connection TerminalAo 4
3+
4+
5+
6+
12–COM1
158SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
GROUP [01] ★: Setting data ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 01 ● (always modifiable) ■ MAINTENANCE SWITCH (lock command) 0 MT: 0 MONITOR mode: data monitoring only 1 MT: 1 PROGRAM mode: “▲” marked data modifiable 02 IND No input ER: NN Error indication (00: normal, 01 – 90: error) 10 IND 11 MD: 11 FIELD TERMINAL (model)DISCRETE OUTPUT INDICATION
11 ▲ 0, 1 01: N Do 1 discrete output 12 ▲ 0, 1 02: N Do 2 : 13 ▲ 0, 1 03: N Do 3 : 14 ▲ 0, 1 04: N Do 4 : ANALOG OUTPUT INDICATION
21 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 01: NNN.NN Ao 1 output indication 22 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 02: NNN.NN Ao 2 : 23 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 03: NNN.NN Ao 3 : 24 ▲ -15.00 – 115.00 % 04: NNN.NN Ao 4 : ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTION TERMINAL GG: GROUP NO., NN: TERMINAL NO. ★ 31 ▲ GGNN 1#: 0225 Ao 1 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 32 ▲ GGNN 2#: 1121 Ao 2 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 33 ▲ GGNN 3#: 1122 Ao 3 connection terminal (error if not connected) ★ 34 ▲ GGNN 4#: 1221 Ao 4 connection terminal (error if not connected) ANALOG OUTPUT ZERO/SPAN ADJUSTMENTS
★ 41 ▲ ±115.00 % 1Z: 0.00 Ao 1 zero adjustment (zero bias) ★ 42 ▲ ±3.2000 1S: 1.0000 Ao 1 span adjustment (gain) ★ 43 ▲ ±115.00 % 2Z: 0.00 Ao 2 zero ★ 44 ▲ ±3.2000 2S: 1.0000 Ao 2 span ★ 45 ▲ ±115.00 % 3Z: 0.00 Ao 3 zero ★ 46 ▲ ±3.2000 3S: 1.0000 Ao 3 span ★ 47 ▲ ±115.00 % 4Z: 0.00 Ao 4 zero ★ 48 ▲ ±3.2000 4S: 1.0000 Ao 4 span
159SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
4. EXPLANATIONS4.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION• Only One Software for All DevicesEvery module in the MsysNet system utilizes one common software, except for the Field Terminal specifically used for each of them. If you learn how to configure one module, you will understand all others.
• No Computer Language: Software Function BlocksThe MsysNet system does not use any specialized computer language, but the “Software Function Blocks”. It incorporates programming concepts for PID controllers, computation modules or PLCs which are familiar to users.
• User-Friendly Parameter Setting SoftwareLoop Configuration Builder software for the SC100/200 Series (model: SFEW3E) is available. With the builder software, you can build configuration files, copy them, save them, and print them.
4.2 RELATION BETWEEN FUNCTION BLOCKS
• Close connection between PID control and sequential control • I/O point expansion via software terminal blocks • Automatic parameters and setpoints change via “Parameter Setter” block
OPERATIONBLOCKS
(parameter setting)
OPERATIONBLOCKS
(timer, counter, internal switch)
OPERATIONBLOCKS
(analog functions)
CONTROLBLOCKS
(2 blocks available)
SEQUENTIALCONTROL BLOCKS(12 blocks available)
LOOP CONTROL(analog signal)
SEQUENTIAL CONTROL(discrete signal)
Parameter TransmissionCommand
FIELD TERMINAL BLOCK (1)
Analog SignalDiscrete SignalParameter Transmission
Pv 1, 2
Ai 1...4
COMMUNICATIONTERMINAL BLOCK (16)
LOOPCOMMUNICATION
Mv 1, 2NestBus, Modbus (SC200/210)
Ao 1, 2
Di 1...5(Pi 1...5)
Pi 6(Di 6)
Do 1...5
FR
ON
T L
CD
DIS
PLA
Y
* Operation blocks: 32 + 8 large operation blocks + 8 batch programs
*
*
*
Sequence Control Command
Software WiringLoop Data for HostCommunication
160SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
4.3 FUNCTION BLOCK ALLOCATIONSCapability of one module of the SC100/200 Series, number and type of function blocks and their allocations, would be well explained if you imagine an instrument panel.
• Number of instruments mountable in one instrument panel is as shown in the figure below. A Group No. means allocation No. in the panel.
• You choose a Group No. and program a Function Block model in ITEM 10. Then all other available ITEMs will be shown according to the function model.
• For the Field Terminal block, users cannot change the model setting.
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79
80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
89 90 91 92
01
02 03
No. in each block indicates GROUP No.
OPERATIONS BLOCKS (32)Analog functions, parameter setting,timer, counter, internal switch
LARGE OPERATIONS BLOCKS (8)
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 BATCH PROGRAM BLOCKS (8)
CONTROL BLOCKS (2)
SYSTEM’S INTERNAL SWITCH BLOCK (1)
SEQUENTIAL CONTROL COMMANDS BLOCKS (12)
FIELD TERMINAL BLOCK (1)
04 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 1 BLOCK (1)
05 EXTENSION FIELD TERMINAL 2 BLOCK (1)
00 SYSTEM COMMON TABLE (1)
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 25 2619 20 21 22COMMUNICATION TERMINAL BLOCKS (16)SC200/210 only
161SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
4.4 CONNECTING BETWEEN FUNCTION BLOCKS
4.4.1 EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TERMINALS REPRESENTATION IN A FUNCTION BLOCK
4.4.2 CONNECTING ANALOG SIGNALS• Input signal: Group No. and Terminal No. of the signal you need to input (GGNN) is described in a designated ITEM of the
target function block.• Output signal: Output terminal No. is determined for each function block type.
[Example]If Basic PID block needs to input PV signal from Field Terminal block, the terminal No. of PV signal is represented as 0421 (04: Group No., 21: Terminal No.). Then you write 0421 in ITEM 15 in the PID block.
[Analog Connection Terminal ‘0099’]When one or more analog output terminals in Field Terminal block are not used, set ‘0099’ to these terminals if they give er-rors when not connected.
4.4.3 CONNECTING DISCRETE SIGNALSDiscrete I/O terminals are available in function blocks. You can process these I/O signals via relay logic programs in Sequential Control Program block or via Contact Distributor block.
Relay Logic Program• Discrete input: Discrete input terminal No. is allocated to a coil in relay logic program. It can be input also as discrete signal
of the relay logic.• Discrete output: Discrete output terminal No. pre-determined for each function block type is input as discrete signal of the
relay logic.
Contact DistributorA discrete input is connected to a discrete output just like analog signals. Combination of terminals for discrete input and output is registered in the Contact Distributor block.
4.4.4 PARAMETER SETTERVarious parameters and their output connection terminals (location of the parameter) are preset in Parameter Setter function block and sent when necessary via a trigger signal from Sequential Control Program block.
WARNING !Parameters in the Parameter Setter block are rewritable up to 100 000 times. For example, if parameters are updated every one hour, the memory will reach its usable limit in approx. 11 years.
Input Registered in ITEM 11
Terminal No.
11
01S1
Analog OutputAnalog Input
Discrete Input
02S2Discrete Input
X0
Discrete OutputY1
X1
ITEM 11
21
162SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
4.4.5 ITEM READERParameters are converted into analog signals via this ITEM Reader block.
PARAMETER
21
FUNCTION BLOCK
21
FUNCTIONBLOCK
FUNCTIONBLOCK
ITEM 11
21
ITEM READER
ITEM 11
01
INTERNAL SWITCH
ITEM 11
ITEM 13
PARAMETER
ITEM 14
PARAMETER SETTER
21ITEM 17
SET VALUE
SW STATUS
ITEM 15
SET VALUE
ITEM 14
Connecting an analog signal(Receiver specifies the sender's terminal No.)
Changing a parameter(Sending a set value)
Changing Internal Switch status
Changing a parameterby an external analog signal
(Figures are examples.)
163SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
4.5 SOFTWARE COMMUNICATION BY COMMUNICATION TERMINALS Communication Terminal blocks are used for sending/receiving analog signals and discrete signals between hardware modules.
Sending and Receiving PrinciplesToken passing protocol is used in this system. A token (right to transmit) goes around nodes (devices connected to the network). Each device, in its turn, broadcasts transmission data to the network. Other devices listen to them and take in necessary data.There are four (4) communication terminal blocks as following:
• Di Receive Terminal: Discrete input, 32 points • Do Send Terminal: Discrete output, 32 points • Ai Receive Terminal: Analog input, 2 points • Ao Send Terminal: Analog output, 2 points
For transmitting data from the device A to the device B in the example shown above, first set necessary data in Send Terminal of the device A and broadcasts them to the network. Then set in Receive Terminal of the device B with the sender address specifying the device A, and take in the data from the network.Transmission data are broadcasted to the network together with their sender address. If another device requires to receive one of these data, set in its Receive terminal with the required sender address.
Address Setting ExampleThe following is an example of actual setting to transmit between the Controller A and B (or remote I/O C or D) mentioned in the above figure. In the figure below, boxes in solid line indicate data set in ITEMs of Communication Terminal blocks. Those in broken line indicates those set by other means such like Programming menu on the Controller or DIP switches of remote I/O device.
A
Controller
ReceiveSend
B
Controller
ReceiveSend
C
RemoteI/O Device
Send
D
RemoteI/O Device
Receive
E
RemoteI/O Device
ReceiveSend
NestBus
Sender C # ‘02’ (0 to F)
Sender G # ‘11’ (11 to 26)Transmission range Always ‘0’Destination address Always ‘0’
Send Terminal of Controller Receive Terminal of Controller or I/O
Sender C # ‘01’ (0 to F)
Sender G # ‘11’ (11 to 26)Transmission range Always ‘0’Destination address Always ‘0’
Sender S # Always ‘FF’Sender C # ‘01’Sender G # ‘11’
Receive Terminal of Contoller Send Terminal of Controller or I/O
Sender S # Always ‘FF’Sender C # ‘02’Sender G # ‘11’
Card No. set on Programming menuor with rotary switch
Communication Terminal’s Group No.
Card No. set on Programming menu
Communication Terminal’s Group No.
A B or C
A B or D
164SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
Appendix 1. FUNCTION BLOCK ERROR CODES
The following shows the meaning of error codes indicated in ITEM 02 of each function block.
CODE EXPLANATIONS ER : 00 Normal ER : 01 Connection terminal 1 undefined ER : 02 Connection terminal 2 undefined ER : 03 Connection terminal 3 undefined ER : 04 Connection terminal 4 undefined ER : 05 Connection terminal 5 undefined ER : 06 Connection terminal 6 undefined ER : 07 Connection terminal 7 undefined ER : 08 Connection terminal 8 undefined ER : 09 Connection terminal 9 undefined ER : 10 Computation error: Divided by ‘0’ ER : 11 Computation error: Result out of boundary* ER : 20 Communication terminal error: Not received ER : 21 Communication terminal error: Connected external device error ER : 22 Internal connected device error ER : 70 Invalid block combination ER : 80 Sequence error: Invalid command ER : 81 Sequence error: Undefined connection terminal ER : 87 Sequence error: Non-registered step ER : 88 Sequence error: Register overflow ER : 89 Sequence error: One-shot overflow ER : 90 EEPROM data base failed**
* 32767 < result < -32768 ** When the error is indicated, write ‘1’ at GROUP 00, ITEM 95 to execute BLOCK RELEASE in PROGRAM mode, or execute download after the EEPROM is cleared by the Loop Configuration Software.
165SC100/200 Series Function Block List EM-6460-B Rev.6
Appendix 2. SC SERIES VERSION UPGRADE INFORMATION
■ V 1.40 or later• Model 58 Segment Linearizer: 16 segments are available instead of 7.
• Model 64 Moving Average ITEM 12: Sampling 0.5 − 115.0 seconds (min. 0.5 sec. increments) ➔ 0.1 − 115.0 seconds (min. 0.1 sec. increments) ITEM 13: Number of samples 1 − 16 ➔ 1 − 32 ITEM 15: Calculation mode (new ITEM)
• Model F70, F71, F72, F73 SCxxx Extension Field Terminal 2 ITEM 52: Di/Pi selection (new ITEM). Pi 6 (high speed pulse input) can be replaced with Di 6 (discrete input).
ITEM added to F70, F71, F72, F73 SCxxx Extension Field Terminal 2 block ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS ★ 52 ▲ 0, 1 PD6: N Di/Pi selection (0: Di 6, 1: Pi 6)
■ V 1.50 or later• System Common Table (for SC100/200 series): Manual resetting of RUN contact is available.
ITEMs added to System Common Table (for SC100/200 series) ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 60 ▲ ■ RUN CONTACT ERROR RESET MODE 0, 1 RUN: 0 Automatic reset RUN: 1 Manual reset 61 ● ■ RUN CONTACT ERROR RESET FLAG 0, 1 0 Normal 1 Reset (valid when ITEM 60 is set to ‘manual reset’)
• Model 21 Basic PID, Model 22 Advanced PID: Effective range setting for the anti-reset windup function is available.
ITEMs added to PID blocks ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS★ 68 ▲ 0, 1 ARW: N Integral action range (0: MH – ML, 1: set range) ★ 69 ▲ ±115.00 % ARH: NNN.NN Integral action high limit (valid when ITEM 68 is set to ‘1’) ★ 70 ▲ ±115.00 % ARL: NNN.NN Integral action low limit (valid when ITEM 68 is set to ‘1’)
• Model 17 Rate of Change Limit block is available.• Model F72, F73 SC110/SC210 Extension Field Terminal 1: Backup status is available.
ITEM added to F72, F73 SC110/SC210 Extension Field Terminal 1 block ITEM MDFY DATA INPUT DISPLAY (e.g.) CONTENTS 87 ▲ 0, 1 15: N Backup status (0: normal, 1: backup)